blob: 0ec0189ebf8a915ffcb7bbf0027b5b80619ca525 [file] [log] [blame]
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001//===--- SemaOverload.cpp - C++ Overloading ---------------------*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file provides Sema routines for C++ overloading.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
15#include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h"
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +000016#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000017#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +000018#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000019#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +000020#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +000021#include "clang/AST/TypeOrdering.h"
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +000022#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Douglas Gregor58e008d2008-11-13 20:12:29 +000023#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
Douglas Gregor55297ac2008-12-23 00:26:44 +000024#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000025#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
26#include <algorithm>
Torok Edwindb714922009-08-24 13:25:12 +000027#include <cstdio>
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000028
29namespace clang {
30
31/// GetConversionCategory - Retrieve the implicit conversion
32/// category corresponding to the given implicit conversion kind.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000033ImplicitConversionCategory
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000034GetConversionCategory(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) {
35 static const ImplicitConversionCategory
36 Category[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = {
37 ICC_Identity,
38 ICC_Lvalue_Transformation,
39 ICC_Lvalue_Transformation,
40 ICC_Lvalue_Transformation,
41 ICC_Qualification_Adjustment,
42 ICC_Promotion,
43 ICC_Promotion,
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +000044 ICC_Promotion,
45 ICC_Conversion,
46 ICC_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000047 ICC_Conversion,
48 ICC_Conversion,
49 ICC_Conversion,
50 ICC_Conversion,
51 ICC_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +000052 ICC_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +000053 ICC_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000054 ICC_Conversion
55 };
56 return Category[(int)Kind];
57}
58
59/// GetConversionRank - Retrieve the implicit conversion rank
60/// corresponding to the given implicit conversion kind.
61ImplicitConversionRank GetConversionRank(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) {
62 static const ImplicitConversionRank
63 Rank[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = {
64 ICR_Exact_Match,
65 ICR_Exact_Match,
66 ICR_Exact_Match,
67 ICR_Exact_Match,
68 ICR_Exact_Match,
69 ICR_Promotion,
70 ICR_Promotion,
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +000071 ICR_Promotion,
72 ICR_Conversion,
73 ICR_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000074 ICR_Conversion,
75 ICR_Conversion,
76 ICR_Conversion,
77 ICR_Conversion,
78 ICR_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +000079 ICR_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +000080 ICR_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000081 ICR_Conversion
82 };
83 return Rank[(int)Kind];
84}
85
86/// GetImplicitConversionName - Return the name of this kind of
87/// implicit conversion.
88const char* GetImplicitConversionName(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) {
89 static const char* Name[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = {
90 "No conversion",
91 "Lvalue-to-rvalue",
92 "Array-to-pointer",
93 "Function-to-pointer",
94 "Qualification",
95 "Integral promotion",
96 "Floating point promotion",
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +000097 "Complex promotion",
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000098 "Integral conversion",
99 "Floating conversion",
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000100 "Complex conversion",
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000101 "Floating-integral conversion",
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000102 "Complex-real conversion",
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000103 "Pointer conversion",
104 "Pointer-to-member conversion",
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +0000105 "Boolean conversion",
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000106 "Compatible-types conversion",
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +0000107 "Derived-to-base conversion"
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000108 };
109 return Name[Kind];
110}
111
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000112/// StandardConversionSequence - Set the standard conversion
113/// sequence to the identity conversion.
114void StandardConversionSequence::setAsIdentityConversion() {
115 First = ICK_Identity;
116 Second = ICK_Identity;
117 Third = ICK_Identity;
118 Deprecated = false;
119 ReferenceBinding = false;
120 DirectBinding = false;
Sebastian Redlf69a94a2009-03-29 22:46:24 +0000121 RRefBinding = false;
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000122 CopyConstructor = 0;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000123}
124
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000125/// getRank - Retrieve the rank of this standard conversion sequence
126/// (C++ 13.3.3.1.1p3). The rank is the largest rank of each of the
127/// implicit conversions.
128ImplicitConversionRank StandardConversionSequence::getRank() const {
129 ImplicitConversionRank Rank = ICR_Exact_Match;
130 if (GetConversionRank(First) > Rank)
131 Rank = GetConversionRank(First);
132 if (GetConversionRank(Second) > Rank)
133 Rank = GetConversionRank(Second);
134 if (GetConversionRank(Third) > Rank)
135 Rank = GetConversionRank(Third);
136 return Rank;
137}
138
139/// isPointerConversionToBool - Determines whether this conversion is
140/// a conversion of a pointer or pointer-to-member to bool. This is
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000141/// used as part of the ranking of standard conversion sequences
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000142/// (C++ 13.3.3.2p4).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000143bool StandardConversionSequence::isPointerConversionToBool() const {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000144 QualType FromType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(FromTypePtr);
145 QualType ToType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(ToTypePtr);
146
147 // Note that FromType has not necessarily been transformed by the
148 // array-to-pointer or function-to-pointer implicit conversions, so
149 // check for their presence as well as checking whether FromType is
150 // a pointer.
151 if (ToType->isBooleanType() &&
Douglas Gregor033f56d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +0000152 (FromType->isPointerType() || FromType->isBlockPointerType() ||
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000153 First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer || First == ICK_Function_To_Pointer))
154 return true;
155
156 return false;
157}
158
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000159/// isPointerConversionToVoidPointer - Determines whether this
160/// conversion is a conversion of a pointer to a void pointer. This is
161/// used as part of the ranking of standard conversion sequences (C++
162/// 13.3.3.2p4).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000163bool
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000164StandardConversionSequence::
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000165isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(ASTContext& Context) const {
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000166 QualType FromType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(FromTypePtr);
167 QualType ToType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(ToTypePtr);
168
169 // Note that FromType has not necessarily been transformed by the
170 // array-to-pointer implicit conversion, so check for its presence
171 // and redo the conversion to get a pointer.
172 if (First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
173 FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType);
174
175 if (Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion)
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000176 if (const PointerType* ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000177 return ToPtrType->getPointeeType()->isVoidType();
178
179 return false;
180}
181
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000182/// DebugPrint - Print this standard conversion sequence to standard
183/// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues.
184void StandardConversionSequence::DebugPrint() const {
185 bool PrintedSomething = false;
186 if (First != ICK_Identity) {
187 fprintf(stderr, "%s", GetImplicitConversionName(First));
188 PrintedSomething = true;
189 }
190
191 if (Second != ICK_Identity) {
192 if (PrintedSomething) {
193 fprintf(stderr, " -> ");
194 }
195 fprintf(stderr, "%s", GetImplicitConversionName(Second));
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000196
197 if (CopyConstructor) {
198 fprintf(stderr, " (by copy constructor)");
199 } else if (DirectBinding) {
200 fprintf(stderr, " (direct reference binding)");
201 } else if (ReferenceBinding) {
202 fprintf(stderr, " (reference binding)");
203 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000204 PrintedSomething = true;
205 }
206
207 if (Third != ICK_Identity) {
208 if (PrintedSomething) {
209 fprintf(stderr, " -> ");
210 }
211 fprintf(stderr, "%s", GetImplicitConversionName(Third));
212 PrintedSomething = true;
213 }
214
215 if (!PrintedSomething) {
216 fprintf(stderr, "No conversions required");
217 }
218}
219
220/// DebugPrint - Print this user-defined conversion sequence to standard
221/// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues.
222void UserDefinedConversionSequence::DebugPrint() const {
223 if (Before.First || Before.Second || Before.Third) {
224 Before.DebugPrint();
225 fprintf(stderr, " -> ");
226 }
Chris Lattnerf3d3fae2008-11-24 05:29:24 +0000227 fprintf(stderr, "'%s'", ConversionFunction->getNameAsString().c_str());
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000228 if (After.First || After.Second || After.Third) {
229 fprintf(stderr, " -> ");
230 After.DebugPrint();
231 }
232}
233
234/// DebugPrint - Print this implicit conversion sequence to standard
235/// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues.
236void ImplicitConversionSequence::DebugPrint() const {
237 switch (ConversionKind) {
238 case StandardConversion:
239 fprintf(stderr, "Standard conversion: ");
240 Standard.DebugPrint();
241 break;
242 case UserDefinedConversion:
243 fprintf(stderr, "User-defined conversion: ");
244 UserDefined.DebugPrint();
245 break;
246 case EllipsisConversion:
247 fprintf(stderr, "Ellipsis conversion");
248 break;
249 case BadConversion:
250 fprintf(stderr, "Bad conversion");
251 break;
252 }
253
254 fprintf(stderr, "\n");
255}
256
257// IsOverload - Determine whether the given New declaration is an
258// overload of the Old declaration. This routine returns false if New
259// and Old cannot be overloaded, e.g., if they are functions with the
260// same signature (C++ 1.3.10) or if the Old declaration isn't a
261// function (or overload set). When it does return false and Old is an
262// OverloadedFunctionDecl, MatchedDecl will be set to point to the
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000263// FunctionDecl that New cannot be overloaded with.
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000264//
265// Example: Given the following input:
266//
267// void f(int, float); // #1
268// void f(int, int); // #2
269// int f(int, int); // #3
270//
271// When we process #1, there is no previous declaration of "f",
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000272// so IsOverload will not be used.
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000273//
274// When we process #2, Old is a FunctionDecl for #1. By comparing the
275// parameter types, we see that #1 and #2 are overloaded (since they
276// have different signatures), so this routine returns false;
277// MatchedDecl is unchanged.
278//
279// When we process #3, Old is an OverloadedFunctionDecl containing #1
280// and #2. We compare the signatures of #3 to #1 (they're overloaded,
281// so we do nothing) and then #3 to #2. Since the signatures of #3 and
282// #2 are identical (return types of functions are not part of the
283// signature), IsOverload returns false and MatchedDecl will be set to
284// point to the FunctionDecl for #2.
285bool
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000286Sema::IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, Decl* OldD,
287 OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator& MatchedDecl) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000288 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl* Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(OldD)) {
289 // Is this new function an overload of every function in the
290 // overload set?
291 OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
292 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
293 for (; Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
294 if (!IsOverload(New, *Func, MatchedDecl)) {
295 MatchedDecl = Func;
296 return false;
297 }
298 }
299
300 // This function overloads every function in the overload set.
301 return true;
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +0000302 } else if (FunctionTemplateDecl *Old = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD))
303 return IsOverload(New, Old->getTemplatedDecl(), MatchedDecl);
304 else if (FunctionDecl* Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD)) {
Douglas Gregor23061de2009-06-24 16:50:40 +0000305 FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = Old->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000306 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
307
Douglas Gregor23061de2009-06-24 16:50:40 +0000308 // C++ [temp.fct]p2:
309 // A function template can be overloaded with other function templates
310 // and with normal (non-template) functions.
311 if ((OldTemplate == 0) != (NewTemplate == 0))
312 return true;
313
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000314 // Is the function New an overload of the function Old?
315 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
316 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
317
318 // Compare the signatures (C++ 1.3.10) of the two functions to
319 // determine whether they are overloads. If we find any mismatch
320 // in the signature, they are overloads.
321
322 // If either of these functions is a K&R-style function (no
323 // prototype), then we consider them to have matching signatures.
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000324 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(OldQType.getTypePtr()) ||
325 isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewQType.getTypePtr()))
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000326 return false;
327
Douglas Gregor23061de2009-06-24 16:50:40 +0000328 FunctionProtoType* OldType = cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldQType);
329 FunctionProtoType* NewType = cast<FunctionProtoType>(NewQType);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000330
331 // The signature of a function includes the types of its
332 // parameters (C++ 1.3.10), which includes the presence or absence
333 // of the ellipsis; see C++ DR 357).
334 if (OldQType != NewQType &&
335 (OldType->getNumArgs() != NewType->getNumArgs() ||
336 OldType->isVariadic() != NewType->isVariadic() ||
337 !std::equal(OldType->arg_type_begin(), OldType->arg_type_end(),
338 NewType->arg_type_begin())))
339 return true;
340
Douglas Gregor23061de2009-06-24 16:50:40 +0000341 // C++ [temp.over.link]p4:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000342 // The signature of a function template consists of its function
Douglas Gregor23061de2009-06-24 16:50:40 +0000343 // signature, its return type and its template parameter list. The names
344 // of the template parameters are significant only for establishing the
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000345 // relationship between the template parameters and the rest of the
Douglas Gregor23061de2009-06-24 16:50:40 +0000346 // signature.
347 //
348 // We check the return type and template parameter lists for function
349 // templates first; the remaining checks follow.
350 if (NewTemplate &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000351 (!TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
352 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
Douglas Gregor19ac2d62009-11-12 16:20:59 +0000353 false, TPL_TemplateMatch) ||
Douglas Gregor23061de2009-06-24 16:50:40 +0000354 OldType->getResultType() != NewType->getResultType()))
355 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000356
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000357 // If the function is a class member, its signature includes the
358 // cv-qualifiers (if any) on the function itself.
359 //
360 // As part of this, also check whether one of the member functions
361 // is static, in which case they are not overloads (C++
362 // 13.1p2). While not part of the definition of the signature,
363 // this check is important to determine whether these functions
364 // can be overloaded.
365 CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
366 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000367 if (OldMethod && NewMethod &&
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000368 !OldMethod->isStatic() && !NewMethod->isStatic() &&
Douglas Gregorb81897c2008-11-21 15:36:28 +0000369 OldMethod->getTypeQualifiers() != NewMethod->getTypeQualifiers())
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000370 return true;
371
372 // The signatures match; this is not an overload.
373 return false;
374 } else {
375 // (C++ 13p1):
376 // Only function declarations can be overloaded; object and type
377 // declarations cannot be overloaded.
378 return false;
379 }
380}
381
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000382/// TryImplicitConversion - Attempt to perform an implicit conversion
383/// from the given expression (Expr) to the given type (ToType). This
384/// function returns an implicit conversion sequence that can be used
385/// to perform the initialization. Given
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000386///
387/// void f(float f);
388/// void g(int i) { f(i); }
389///
390/// this routine would produce an implicit conversion sequence to
391/// describe the initialization of f from i, which will be a standard
392/// conversion sequence containing an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (C++
393/// 4.1) followed by a floating-integral conversion (C++ 4.9).
394//
395/// Note that this routine only determines how the conversion can be
396/// performed; it does not actually perform the conversion. As such,
397/// it will not produce any diagnostics if no conversion is available,
398/// but will instead return an implicit conversion sequence of kind
399/// "BadConversion".
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000400///
401/// If @p SuppressUserConversions, then user-defined conversions are
402/// not permitted.
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +0000403/// If @p AllowExplicit, then explicit user-defined conversions are
404/// permitted.
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +0000405/// If @p ForceRValue, then overloading is performed as if From was an rvalue,
406/// no matter its actual lvalueness.
Fariborz Jahanianb3c44f92009-10-01 20:39:51 +0000407/// If @p UserCast, the implicit conversion is being done for a user-specified
408/// cast.
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000409ImplicitConversionSequence
Anders Carlsson5ec4abf2009-08-27 17:14:02 +0000410Sema::TryImplicitConversion(Expr* From, QualType ToType,
411 bool SuppressUserConversions,
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +0000412 bool AllowExplicit, bool ForceRValue,
Fariborz Jahanianb3c44f92009-10-01 20:39:51 +0000413 bool InOverloadResolution,
414 bool UserCast) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000415 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
Fariborz Jahanian19c73282009-09-15 00:10:11 +0000416 OverloadCandidateSet Conversions;
Fariborz Jahanian21ccf062009-09-23 00:58:07 +0000417 OverloadingResult UserDefResult = OR_Success;
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +0000418 if (IsStandardConversion(From, ToType, InOverloadResolution, ICS.Standard))
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000419 ICS.ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion;
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000420 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Fariborz Jahanian21ccf062009-09-23 00:58:07 +0000421 (UserDefResult = IsUserDefinedConversion(From, ToType,
422 ICS.UserDefined,
Fariborz Jahanian19c73282009-09-15 00:10:11 +0000423 Conversions,
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +0000424 !SuppressUserConversions, AllowExplicit,
Fariborz Jahanianb3c44f92009-10-01 20:39:51 +0000425 ForceRValue, UserCast)) == OR_Success) {
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000426 ICS.ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion;
Douglas Gregor05379422008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000427 // C++ [over.ics.user]p4:
428 // A conversion of an expression of class type to the same class
429 // type is given Exact Match rank, and a conversion of an
430 // expression of class type to a base class of that type is
431 // given Conversion rank, in spite of the fact that a copy
432 // constructor (i.e., a user-defined conversion function) is
433 // called for those cases.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000434 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor
Douglas Gregor05379422008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000435 = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000436 QualType FromCanon
Douglas Gregorbb2e68832009-02-02 22:11:10 +0000437 = Context.getCanonicalType(From->getType().getUnqualifiedType());
438 QualType ToCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType();
439 if (FromCanon == ToCanon || IsDerivedFrom(FromCanon, ToCanon)) {
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000440 // Turn this into a "standard" conversion sequence, so that it
441 // gets ranked with standard conversion sequences.
Douglas Gregor05379422008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000442 ICS.ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion;
443 ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion();
444 ICS.Standard.FromTypePtr = From->getType().getAsOpaquePtr();
445 ICS.Standard.ToTypePtr = ToType.getAsOpaquePtr();
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000446 ICS.Standard.CopyConstructor = Constructor;
Douglas Gregorbb2e68832009-02-02 22:11:10 +0000447 if (ToCanon != FromCanon)
Douglas Gregor05379422008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000448 ICS.Standard.Second = ICK_Derived_To_Base;
449 }
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000450 }
Douglas Gregor576e98c2009-01-30 23:27:23 +0000451
452 // C++ [over.best.ics]p4:
453 // However, when considering the argument of a user-defined
454 // conversion function that is a candidate by 13.3.1.3 when
455 // invoked for the copying of the temporary in the second step
456 // of a class copy-initialization, or by 13.3.1.4, 13.3.1.5, or
457 // 13.3.1.6 in all cases, only standard conversion sequences and
458 // ellipsis conversion sequences are allowed.
459 if (SuppressUserConversions &&
460 ICS.ConversionKind == ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion)
461 ICS.ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion;
Fariborz Jahanian21ccf062009-09-23 00:58:07 +0000462 } else {
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000463 ICS.ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion;
Fariborz Jahanian21ccf062009-09-23 00:58:07 +0000464 if (UserDefResult == OR_Ambiguous) {
465 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = Conversions.begin();
466 Cand != Conversions.end(); ++Cand)
Fariborz Jahanian574de2c2009-10-12 17:51:19 +0000467 if (Cand->Viable)
468 ICS.ConversionFunctionSet.push_back(Cand->Function);
Fariborz Jahanian21ccf062009-09-23 00:58:07 +0000469 }
470 }
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000471
472 return ICS;
473}
474
475/// IsStandardConversion - Determines whether there is a standard
476/// conversion sequence (C++ [conv], C++ [over.ics.scs]) from the
477/// expression From to the type ToType. Standard conversion sequences
478/// only consider non-class types; for conversions that involve class
479/// types, use TryImplicitConversion. If a conversion exists, SCS will
480/// contain the standard conversion sequence required to perform this
481/// conversion and this routine will return true. Otherwise, this
482/// routine will return false and the value of SCS is unspecified.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000483bool
484Sema::IsStandardConversion(Expr* From, QualType ToType,
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +0000485 bool InOverloadResolution,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000486 StandardConversionSequence &SCS) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000487 QualType FromType = From->getType();
488
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000489 // Standard conversions (C++ [conv])
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000490 SCS.setAsIdentityConversion();
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000491 SCS.Deprecated = false;
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000492 SCS.IncompatibleObjC = false;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000493 SCS.FromTypePtr = FromType.getAsOpaquePtr();
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000494 SCS.CopyConstructor = 0;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000495
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000496 // There are no standard conversions for class types in C++, so
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000497 // abort early. When overloading in C, however, we do permit
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000498 if (FromType->isRecordType() || ToType->isRecordType()) {
499 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
500 return false;
501
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000502 // When we're overloading in C, we allow, as standard conversions,
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000503 }
504
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000505 // The first conversion can be an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion,
506 // array-to-pointer conversion, or function-to-pointer conversion
507 // (C++ 4p1).
508
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000509 // Lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (C++ 4.1):
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000510 // An lvalue (3.10) of a non-function, non-array type T can be
511 // converted to an rvalue.
512 Expr::isLvalueResult argIsLvalue = From->isLvalue(Context);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000513 if (argIsLvalue == Expr::LV_Valid &&
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +0000514 !FromType->isFunctionType() && !FromType->isArrayType() &&
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +0000515 Context.getCanonicalType(FromType) != Context.OverloadTy) {
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000516 SCS.First = ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000517
518 // If T is a non-class type, the type of the rvalue is the
519 // cv-unqualified version of T. Otherwise, the type of the rvalue
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000520 // is T (C++ 4.1p1). C++ can't get here with class types; in C, we
521 // just strip the qualifiers because they don't matter.
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000522 FromType = FromType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000523 } else if (FromType->isArrayType()) {
524 // Array-to-pointer conversion (C++ 4.2)
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000525 SCS.First = ICK_Array_To_Pointer;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000526
527 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown
528 // bound of T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to
529 // T" (C++ 4.2p1).
530 FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType);
531
532 if (IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(From, ToType)) {
533 // This conversion is deprecated. (C++ D.4).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000534 SCS.Deprecated = true;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000535
536 // For the purpose of ranking in overload resolution
537 // (13.3.3.1.1), this conversion is considered an
538 // array-to-pointer conversion followed by a qualification
539 // conversion (4.4). (C++ 4.2p2)
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000540 SCS.Second = ICK_Identity;
541 SCS.Third = ICK_Qualification;
542 SCS.ToTypePtr = ToType.getAsOpaquePtr();
543 return true;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000544 }
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000545 } else if (FromType->isFunctionType() && argIsLvalue == Expr::LV_Valid) {
546 // Function-to-pointer conversion (C++ 4.3).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000547 SCS.First = ICK_Function_To_Pointer;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000548
549 // An lvalue of function type T can be converted to an rvalue of
550 // type "pointer to T." The result is a pointer to the
551 // function. (C++ 4.3p1).
552 FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000553 } else if (FunctionDecl *Fn
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +0000554 = ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(From, ToType, false)) {
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000555 // Address of overloaded function (C++ [over.over]).
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +0000556 SCS.First = ICK_Function_To_Pointer;
557
558 // We were able to resolve the address of the overloaded function,
559 // so we can convert to the type of that function.
560 FromType = Fn->getType();
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +0000561 if (ToType->isLValueReferenceType())
562 FromType = Context.getLValueReferenceType(FromType);
563 else if (ToType->isRValueReferenceType())
564 FromType = Context.getRValueReferenceType(FromType);
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +0000565 else if (ToType->isMemberPointerType()) {
566 // Resolve address only succeeds if both sides are member pointers,
567 // but it doesn't have to be the same class. See DR 247.
568 // Note that this means that the type of &Derived::fn can be
569 // Ret (Base::*)(Args) if the fn overload actually found is from the
570 // base class, even if it was brought into the derived class via a
571 // using declaration. The standard isn't clear on this issue at all.
572 CXXMethodDecl *M = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn);
573 FromType = Context.getMemberPointerType(FromType,
574 Context.getTypeDeclType(M->getParent()).getTypePtr());
575 } else
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +0000576 FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType);
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000577 } else {
578 // We don't require any conversions for the first step.
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000579 SCS.First = ICK_Identity;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000580 }
581
582 // The second conversion can be an integral promotion, floating
583 // point promotion, integral conversion, floating point conversion,
584 // floating-integral conversion, pointer conversion,
585 // pointer-to-member conversion, or boolean conversion (C++ 4p1).
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000586 // For overloading in C, this can also be a "compatible-type"
587 // conversion.
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000588 bool IncompatibleObjC = false;
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000589 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType)) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000590 // The unqualified versions of the types are the same: there's no
591 // conversion to do.
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000592 SCS.Second = ICK_Identity;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000593 } else if (IsIntegralPromotion(From, FromType, ToType)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000594 // Integral promotion (C++ 4.5).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000595 SCS.Second = ICK_Integral_Promotion;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000596 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000597 } else if (IsFloatingPointPromotion(FromType, ToType)) {
598 // Floating point promotion (C++ 4.6).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000599 SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Promotion;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000600 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000601 } else if (IsComplexPromotion(FromType, ToType)) {
602 // Complex promotion (Clang extension)
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000603 SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Promotion;
604 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000605 } else if ((FromType->isIntegralType() || FromType->isEnumeralType()) &&
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000606 (ToType->isIntegralType() && !ToType->isEnumeralType())) {
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000607 // Integral conversions (C++ 4.7).
608 // FIXME: isIntegralType shouldn't be true for enums in C++.
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000609 SCS.Second = ICK_Integral_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000610 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000611 } else if (FromType->isFloatingType() && ToType->isFloatingType()) {
612 // Floating point conversions (C++ 4.8).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000613 SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000614 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000615 } else if (FromType->isComplexType() && ToType->isComplexType()) {
616 // Complex conversions (C99 6.3.1.6)
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000617 SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Conversion;
618 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000619 } else if ((FromType->isFloatingType() &&
620 ToType->isIntegralType() && (!ToType->isBooleanType() &&
621 !ToType->isEnumeralType())) ||
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000622 ((FromType->isIntegralType() || FromType->isEnumeralType()) &&
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000623 ToType->isFloatingType())) {
624 // Floating-integral conversions (C++ 4.9).
625 // FIXME: isIntegralType shouldn't be true for enums in C++.
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000626 SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Integral;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000627 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000628 } else if ((FromType->isComplexType() && ToType->isArithmeticType()) ||
629 (ToType->isComplexType() && FromType->isArithmeticType())) {
630 // Complex-real conversions (C99 6.3.1.7)
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000631 SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Real;
632 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +0000633 } else if (IsPointerConversion(From, FromType, ToType, InOverloadResolution,
634 FromType, IncompatibleObjC)) {
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000635 // Pointer conversions (C++ 4.10).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000636 SCS.Second = ICK_Pointer_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000637 SCS.IncompatibleObjC = IncompatibleObjC;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +0000638 } else if (IsMemberPointerConversion(From, FromType, ToType,
639 InOverloadResolution, FromType)) {
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000640 // Pointer to member conversions (4.11).
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +0000641 SCS.Second = ICK_Pointer_Member;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000642 } else if (ToType->isBooleanType() &&
643 (FromType->isArithmeticType() ||
644 FromType->isEnumeralType() ||
645 FromType->isPointerType() ||
646 FromType->isBlockPointerType() ||
647 FromType->isMemberPointerType() ||
648 FromType->isNullPtrType())) {
649 // Boolean conversions (C++ 4.12).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000650 SCS.Second = ICK_Boolean_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000651 FromType = Context.BoolTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000652 } else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000653 Context.typesAreCompatible(ToType, FromType)) {
654 // Compatible conversions (Clang extension for C function overloading)
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000655 SCS.Second = ICK_Compatible_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000656 } else {
657 // No second conversion required.
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000658 SCS.Second = ICK_Identity;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000659 }
660
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000661 QualType CanonFrom;
662 QualType CanonTo;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000663 // The third conversion can be a qualification conversion (C++ 4p1).
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +0000664 if (IsQualificationConversion(FromType, ToType)) {
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000665 SCS.Third = ICK_Qualification;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000666 FromType = ToType;
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000667 CanonFrom = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
668 CanonTo = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000669 } else {
670 // No conversion required
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000671 SCS.Third = ICK_Identity;
672
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000673 // C++ [over.best.ics]p6:
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000674 // [...] Any difference in top-level cv-qualification is
675 // subsumed by the initialization itself and does not constitute
676 // a conversion. [...]
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000677 CanonFrom = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000678 CanonTo = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType);
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +0000679 if (CanonFrom.getLocalUnqualifiedType()
680 == CanonTo.getLocalUnqualifiedType() &&
681 CanonFrom.getLocalCVRQualifiers() != CanonTo.getLocalCVRQualifiers()) {
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000682 FromType = ToType;
683 CanonFrom = CanonTo;
684 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000685 }
686
687 // If we have not converted the argument type to the parameter type,
688 // this is a bad conversion sequence.
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000689 if (CanonFrom != CanonTo)
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000690 return false;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000691
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000692 SCS.ToTypePtr = FromType.getAsOpaquePtr();
693 return true;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000694}
695
696/// IsIntegralPromotion - Determines whether the conversion from the
697/// expression From (whose potentially-adjusted type is FromType) to
698/// ToType is an integral promotion (C++ 4.5). If so, returns true and
699/// sets PromotedType to the promoted type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000700bool Sema::IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000701 const BuiltinType *To = ToType->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Sebastian Redlee547972008-11-04 15:59:10 +0000702 // All integers are built-in.
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000703 if (!To) {
704 return false;
705 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000706
707 // An rvalue of type char, signed char, unsigned char, short int, or
708 // unsigned short int can be converted to an rvalue of type int if
709 // int can represent all the values of the source type; otherwise,
710 // the source rvalue can be converted to an rvalue of type unsigned
711 // int (C++ 4.5p1).
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000712 if (FromType->isPromotableIntegerType() && !FromType->isBooleanType()) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000713 if (// We can promote any signed, promotable integer type to an int
714 (FromType->isSignedIntegerType() ||
715 // We can promote any unsigned integer type whose size is
716 // less than int to an int.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000717 (!FromType->isSignedIntegerType() &&
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000718 Context.getTypeSize(FromType) < Context.getTypeSize(ToType)))) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000719 return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int;
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000720 }
721
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000722 return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::UInt;
723 }
724
725 // An rvalue of type wchar_t (3.9.1) or an enumeration type (7.2)
726 // can be converted to an rvalue of the first of the following types
727 // that can represent all the values of its underlying type: int,
728 // unsigned int, long, or unsigned long (C++ 4.5p2).
729 if ((FromType->isEnumeralType() || FromType->isWideCharType())
730 && ToType->isIntegerType()) {
731 // Determine whether the type we're converting from is signed or
732 // unsigned.
733 bool FromIsSigned;
734 uint64_t FromSize = Context.getTypeSize(FromType);
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000735 if (const EnumType *FromEnumType = FromType->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000736 QualType UnderlyingType = FromEnumType->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
737 FromIsSigned = UnderlyingType->isSignedIntegerType();
738 } else {
739 // FIXME: Is wchar_t signed or unsigned? We assume it's signed for now.
740 FromIsSigned = true;
741 }
742
743 // The types we'll try to promote to, in the appropriate
744 // order. Try each of these types.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000745 QualType PromoteTypes[6] = {
746 Context.IntTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy,
Douglas Gregor1d248c52008-12-12 02:00:36 +0000747 Context.LongTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy ,
748 Context.LongLongTy, Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000749 };
Douglas Gregor1d248c52008-12-12 02:00:36 +0000750 for (int Idx = 0; Idx < 6; ++Idx) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000751 uint64_t ToSize = Context.getTypeSize(PromoteTypes[Idx]);
752 if (FromSize < ToSize ||
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000753 (FromSize == ToSize &&
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000754 FromIsSigned == PromoteTypes[Idx]->isSignedIntegerType())) {
755 // We found the type that we can promote to. If this is the
756 // type we wanted, we have a promotion. Otherwise, no
757 // promotion.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +0000758 return Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType, PromoteTypes[Idx]);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000759 }
760 }
761 }
762
763 // An rvalue for an integral bit-field (9.6) can be converted to an
764 // rvalue of type int if int can represent all the values of the
765 // bit-field; otherwise, it can be converted to unsigned int if
766 // unsigned int can represent all the values of the bit-field. If
767 // the bit-field is larger yet, no integral promotion applies to
768 // it. If the bit-field has an enumerated type, it is treated as any
769 // other value of that type for promotion purposes (C++ 4.5p3).
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000770 // FIXME: We should delay checking of bit-fields until we actually perform the
771 // conversion.
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +0000772 using llvm::APSInt;
773 if (From)
774 if (FieldDecl *MemberDecl = From->getBitField()) {
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +0000775 APSInt BitWidth;
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +0000776 if (FromType->isIntegralType() && !FromType->isEnumeralType() &&
777 MemberDecl->getBitWidth()->isIntegerConstantExpr(BitWidth, Context)) {
778 APSInt ToSize(BitWidth.getBitWidth(), BitWidth.isUnsigned());
779 ToSize = Context.getTypeSize(ToType);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000780
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +0000781 // Are we promoting to an int from a bitfield that fits in an int?
782 if (BitWidth < ToSize ||
783 (FromType->isSignedIntegerType() && BitWidth <= ToSize)) {
784 return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int;
785 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000786
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +0000787 // Are we promoting to an unsigned int from an unsigned bitfield
788 // that fits into an unsigned int?
789 if (FromType->isUnsignedIntegerType() && BitWidth <= ToSize) {
790 return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::UInt;
791 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000792
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +0000793 return false;
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000794 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000795 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000796
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000797 // An rvalue of type bool can be converted to an rvalue of type int,
798 // with false becoming zero and true becoming one (C++ 4.5p4).
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000799 if (FromType->isBooleanType() && To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000800 return true;
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000801 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000802
803 return false;
804}
805
806/// IsFloatingPointPromotion - Determines whether the conversion from
807/// FromType to ToType is a floating point promotion (C++ 4.6). If so,
808/// returns true and sets PromotedType to the promoted type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000809bool Sema::IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000810 /// An rvalue of type float can be converted to an rvalue of type
811 /// double. (C++ 4.6p1).
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000812 if (const BuiltinType *FromBuiltin = FromType->getAs<BuiltinType>())
813 if (const BuiltinType *ToBuiltin = ToType->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000814 if (FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float &&
815 ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double)
816 return true;
817
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000818 // C99 6.3.1.5p1:
819 // When a float is promoted to double or long double, or a
820 // double is promoted to long double [...].
821 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
822 (FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float ||
823 FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double) &&
824 (ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble))
825 return true;
826 }
827
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000828 return false;
829}
830
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000831/// \brief Determine if a conversion is a complex promotion.
832///
833/// A complex promotion is defined as a complex -> complex conversion
834/// where the conversion between the underlying real types is a
Douglas Gregor67525022009-02-12 00:26:06 +0000835/// floating-point or integral promotion.
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000836bool Sema::IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000837 const ComplexType *FromComplex = FromType->getAs<ComplexType>();
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000838 if (!FromComplex)
839 return false;
840
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000841 const ComplexType *ToComplex = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>();
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000842 if (!ToComplex)
843 return false;
844
845 return IsFloatingPointPromotion(FromComplex->getElementType(),
Douglas Gregor67525022009-02-12 00:26:06 +0000846 ToComplex->getElementType()) ||
847 IsIntegralPromotion(0, FromComplex->getElementType(),
848 ToComplex->getElementType());
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000849}
850
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000851/// BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType - In a pointer conversion from
852/// the pointer type FromPtr to a pointer to type ToPointee, with the
853/// same type qualifiers as FromPtr has on its pointee type. ToType,
854/// if non-empty, will be a pointer to ToType that may or may not have
855/// the right set of qualifiers on its pointee.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000856static QualType
857BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(const PointerType *FromPtr,
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000858 QualType ToPointee, QualType ToType,
859 ASTContext &Context) {
860 QualType CanonFromPointee = Context.getCanonicalType(FromPtr->getPointeeType());
861 QualType CanonToPointee = Context.getCanonicalType(ToPointee);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000862 Qualifiers Quals = CanonFromPointee.getQualifiers();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000863
864 // Exact qualifier match -> return the pointer type we're converting to.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +0000865 if (CanonToPointee.getLocalQualifiers() == Quals) {
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000866 // ToType is exactly what we need. Return it.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000867 if (!ToType.isNull())
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000868 return ToType;
869
870 // Build a pointer to ToPointee. It has the right qualifiers
871 // already.
872 return Context.getPointerType(ToPointee);
873 }
874
875 // Just build a canonical type that has the right qualifiers.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000876 return Context.getPointerType(
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +0000877 Context.getQualifiedType(CanonToPointee.getLocalUnqualifiedType(),
878 Quals));
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000879}
880
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000881static bool isNullPointerConstantForConversion(Expr *Expr,
Anders Carlsson759b7892009-08-28 15:55:56 +0000882 bool InOverloadResolution,
883 ASTContext &Context) {
884 // Handle value-dependent integral null pointer constants correctly.
885 // http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#903
886 if (Expr->isValueDependent() && !Expr->isTypeDependent() &&
887 Expr->getType()->isIntegralType())
888 return !InOverloadResolution;
889
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +0000890 return Expr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
891 InOverloadResolution? Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull
892 : Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Anders Carlsson759b7892009-08-28 15:55:56 +0000893}
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000894
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000895/// IsPointerConversion - Determines whether the conversion of the
896/// expression From, which has the (possibly adjusted) type FromType,
897/// can be converted to the type ToType via a pointer conversion (C++
898/// 4.10). If so, returns true and places the converted type (that
899/// might differ from ToType in its cv-qualifiers at some level) into
900/// ConvertedType.
Douglas Gregor231d1c62008-11-27 00:15:41 +0000901///
Douglas Gregora29dc052008-11-27 01:19:21 +0000902/// This routine also supports conversions to and from block pointers
903/// and conversions with Objective-C's 'id', 'id<protocols...>', and
904/// pointers to interfaces. FIXME: Once we've determined the
905/// appropriate overloading rules for Objective-C, we may want to
906/// split the Objective-C checks into a different routine; however,
907/// GCC seems to consider all of these conversions to be pointer
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000908/// conversions, so for now they live here. IncompatibleObjC will be
909/// set if the conversion is an allowed Objective-C conversion that
910/// should result in a warning.
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000911bool Sema::IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +0000912 bool InOverloadResolution,
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000913 QualType& ConvertedType,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000914 bool &IncompatibleObjC) {
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000915 IncompatibleObjC = false;
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +0000916 if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromType, ToType, ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC))
917 return true;
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000918
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000919 // Conversion from a null pointer constant to any Objective-C pointer type.
920 if (ToType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
Anders Carlsson759b7892009-08-28 15:55:56 +0000921 isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
Douglas Gregor79a6b012008-12-22 20:51:52 +0000922 ConvertedType = ToType;
923 return true;
924 }
925
Douglas Gregor231d1c62008-11-27 00:15:41 +0000926 // Blocks: Block pointers can be converted to void*.
927 if (FromType->isBlockPointerType() && ToType->isPointerType() &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000928 ToType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregor231d1c62008-11-27 00:15:41 +0000929 ConvertedType = ToType;
930 return true;
931 }
932 // Blocks: A null pointer constant can be converted to a block
933 // pointer type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000934 if (ToType->isBlockPointerType() &&
Anders Carlsson759b7892009-08-28 15:55:56 +0000935 isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
Douglas Gregor231d1c62008-11-27 00:15:41 +0000936 ConvertedType = ToType;
937 return true;
938 }
939
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000940 // If the left-hand-side is nullptr_t, the right side can be a null
941 // pointer constant.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000942 if (ToType->isNullPtrType() &&
Anders Carlsson759b7892009-08-28 15:55:56 +0000943 isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000944 ConvertedType = ToType;
945 return true;
946 }
947
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000948 const PointerType* ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>();
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000949 if (!ToTypePtr)
950 return false;
951
952 // A null pointer constant can be converted to a pointer type (C++ 4.10p1).
Anders Carlsson759b7892009-08-28 15:55:56 +0000953 if (isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000954 ConvertedType = ToType;
955 return true;
956 }
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000957
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000958 // Beyond this point, both types need to be pointers.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000959 const PointerType *FromTypePtr = FromType->getAs<PointerType>();
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000960 if (!FromTypePtr)
961 return false;
962
963 QualType FromPointeeType = FromTypePtr->getPointeeType();
964 QualType ToPointeeType = ToTypePtr->getPointeeType();
965
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000966 // An rvalue of type "pointer to cv T," where T is an object type,
967 // can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to cv void" (C++
968 // 4.10p2).
Douglas Gregor64259f52009-03-24 20:32:41 +0000969 if (FromPointeeType->isObjectType() && ToPointeeType->isVoidType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000970 ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr,
Douglas Gregorbb9bf882008-11-27 00:52:49 +0000971 ToPointeeType,
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000972 ToType, Context);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000973 return true;
974 }
975
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000976 // When we're overloading in C, we allow a special kind of pointer
977 // conversion for compatible-but-not-identical pointee types.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000978 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000979 Context.typesAreCompatible(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000980 ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr,
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000981 ToPointeeType,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000982 ToType, Context);
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000983 return true;
984 }
985
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000986 // C++ [conv.ptr]p3:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000987 //
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000988 // An rvalue of type "pointer to cv D," where D is a class type,
989 // can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to cv B," where
990 // B is a base class (clause 10) of D. If B is an inaccessible
991 // (clause 11) or ambiguous (10.2) base class of D, a program that
992 // necessitates this conversion is ill-formed. The result of the
993 // conversion is a pointer to the base class sub-object of the
994 // derived class object. The null pointer value is converted to
995 // the null pointer value of the destination type.
996 //
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +0000997 // Note that we do not check for ambiguity or inaccessibility
998 // here. That is handled by CheckPointerConversion.
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000999 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1000 FromPointeeType->isRecordType() && ToPointeeType->isRecordType() &&
Douglas Gregore6fb91f2009-10-29 23:08:22 +00001001 !RequireCompleteType(From->getLocStart(), FromPointeeType, PDiag()) &&
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001002 IsDerivedFrom(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001003 ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr,
Douglas Gregorbb9bf882008-11-27 00:52:49 +00001004 ToPointeeType,
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001005 ToType, Context);
1006 return true;
1007 }
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001008
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001009 return false;
1010}
1011
1012/// isObjCPointerConversion - Determines whether this is an
1013/// Objective-C pointer conversion. Subroutine of IsPointerConversion,
1014/// with the same arguments and return values.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001015bool Sema::isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001016 QualType& ConvertedType,
1017 bool &IncompatibleObjC) {
1018 if (!getLangOptions().ObjC1)
1019 return false;
1020
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001021 // First, we handle all conversions on ObjC object pointer types.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001022 const ObjCObjectPointerType* ToObjCPtr = ToType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001023 const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromObjCPtr =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001024 FromType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001025
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001026 if (ToObjCPtr && FromObjCPtr) {
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00001027 // Objective C++: We're able to convert between "id" or "Class" and a
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001028 // pointer to any interface (in both directions).
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00001029 if (ToObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType() && FromObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001030 ConvertedType = ToType;
1031 return true;
1032 }
1033 // Conversions with Objective-C's id<...>.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001034 if ((FromObjCPtr->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001035 ToObjCPtr->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001036 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(ToType, FromType,
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00001037 /*compare=*/false)) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001038 ConvertedType = ToType;
1039 return true;
1040 }
1041 // Objective C++: We're able to convert from a pointer to an
1042 // interface to a pointer to a different interface.
1043 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToObjCPtr, FromObjCPtr)) {
1044 ConvertedType = ToType;
1045 return true;
1046 }
1047
1048 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromObjCPtr, ToObjCPtr)) {
1049 // Okay: this is some kind of implicit downcast of Objective-C
1050 // interfaces, which is permitted. However, we're going to
1051 // complain about it.
1052 IncompatibleObjC = true;
1053 ConvertedType = FromType;
1054 return true;
1055 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001056 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001057 // Beyond this point, both types need to be C pointers or block pointers.
Douglas Gregor033f56d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001058 QualType ToPointeeType;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001059 if (const PointerType *ToCPtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001060 ToPointeeType = ToCPtr->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001061 else if (const BlockPointerType *ToBlockPtr = ToType->getAs<BlockPointerType>())
Douglas Gregor033f56d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001062 ToPointeeType = ToBlockPtr->getPointeeType();
1063 else
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001064 return false;
1065
Douglas Gregor033f56d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001066 QualType FromPointeeType;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001067 if (const PointerType *FromCPtr = FromType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001068 FromPointeeType = FromCPtr->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001069 else if (const BlockPointerType *FromBlockPtr = FromType->getAs<BlockPointerType>())
Douglas Gregor033f56d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001070 FromPointeeType = FromBlockPtr->getPointeeType();
1071 else
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001072 return false;
1073
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001074 // If we have pointers to pointers, recursively check whether this
1075 // is an Objective-C conversion.
1076 if (FromPointeeType->isPointerType() && ToPointeeType->isPointerType() &&
1077 isObjCPointerConversion(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType, ConvertedType,
1078 IncompatibleObjC)) {
1079 // We always complain about this conversion.
1080 IncompatibleObjC = true;
1081 ConvertedType = ToType;
1082 return true;
1083 }
Douglas Gregor033f56d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001084 // If we have pointers to functions or blocks, check whether the only
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001085 // differences in the argument and result types are in Objective-C
1086 // pointer conversions. If so, we permit the conversion (but
1087 // complain about it).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001088 const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001089 = FromPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001090 const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001091 = ToPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001092 if (FromFunctionType && ToFunctionType) {
1093 // If the function types are exactly the same, this isn't an
1094 // Objective-C pointer conversion.
1095 if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromPointeeType)
1096 == Context.getCanonicalType(ToPointeeType))
1097 return false;
1098
1099 // Perform the quick checks that will tell us whether these
1100 // function types are obviously different.
1101 if (FromFunctionType->getNumArgs() != ToFunctionType->getNumArgs() ||
1102 FromFunctionType->isVariadic() != ToFunctionType->isVariadic() ||
1103 FromFunctionType->getTypeQuals() != ToFunctionType->getTypeQuals())
1104 return false;
1105
1106 bool HasObjCConversion = false;
1107 if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromFunctionType->getResultType())
1108 == Context.getCanonicalType(ToFunctionType->getResultType())) {
1109 // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do.
1110 } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromFunctionType->getResultType(),
1111 ToFunctionType->getResultType(),
1112 ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) {
1113 // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion.
1114 HasObjCConversion = true;
1115 } else {
1116 // Function types are too different. Abort.
1117 return false;
1118 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001119
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001120 // Check argument types.
1121 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumArgs();
1122 ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
1123 QualType FromArgType = FromFunctionType->getArgType(ArgIdx);
1124 QualType ToArgType = ToFunctionType->getArgType(ArgIdx);
1125 if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromArgType)
1126 == Context.getCanonicalType(ToArgType)) {
1127 // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do.
1128 } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromArgType, ToArgType,
1129 ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) {
1130 // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion.
1131 HasObjCConversion = true;
1132 } else {
1133 // Argument types are too different. Abort.
1134 return false;
1135 }
1136 }
1137
1138 if (HasObjCConversion) {
1139 // We had an Objective-C conversion. Allow this pointer
1140 // conversion, but complain about it.
1141 ConvertedType = ToType;
1142 IncompatibleObjC = true;
1143 return true;
1144 }
1145 }
1146
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001147 return false;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001148}
1149
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001150/// CheckPointerConversion - Check the pointer conversion from the
1151/// expression From to the type ToType. This routine checks for
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00001152/// ambiguous or inaccessible derived-to-base pointer
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001153/// conversions for which IsPointerConversion has already returned
1154/// true. It returns true and produces a diagnostic if there was an
1155/// error, or returns false otherwise.
Anders Carlsson7ec8ccd2009-09-12 04:46:44 +00001156bool Sema::CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Sebastian Redl7c353682009-11-14 21:15:49 +00001157 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind,
1158 bool IgnoreBaseAccess) {
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001159 QualType FromType = From->getType();
1160
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001161 if (const PointerType *FromPtrType = FromType->getAs<PointerType>())
1162 if (const PointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001163 QualType FromPointeeType = FromPtrType->getPointeeType(),
1164 ToPointeeType = ToPtrType->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor1e57a3f2008-12-18 23:43:31 +00001165
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001166 if (FromPointeeType->isRecordType() &&
1167 ToPointeeType->isRecordType()) {
1168 // We must have a derived-to-base conversion. Check an
1169 // ambiguous or inaccessible conversion.
Anders Carlsson7ec8ccd2009-09-12 04:46:44 +00001170 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType,
1171 From->getExprLoc(),
Sebastian Redl7c353682009-11-14 21:15:49 +00001172 From->getSourceRange(),
1173 IgnoreBaseAccess))
Anders Carlsson7ec8ccd2009-09-12 04:46:44 +00001174 return true;
1175
1176 // The conversion was successful.
1177 Kind = CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase;
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001178 }
1179 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001180 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromPtrType =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001181 FromType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001182 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *ToPtrType =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001183 ToType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001184 // Objective-C++ conversions are always okay.
1185 // FIXME: We should have a different class of conversions for the
1186 // Objective-C++ implicit conversions.
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00001187 if (FromPtrType->isObjCBuiltinType() || ToPtrType->isObjCBuiltinType())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001188 return false;
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001189
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001190 }
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001191 return false;
1192}
1193
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001194/// IsMemberPointerConversion - Determines whether the conversion of the
1195/// expression From, which has the (possibly adjusted) type FromType, can be
1196/// converted to the type ToType via a member pointer conversion (C++ 4.11).
1197/// If so, returns true and places the converted type (that might differ from
1198/// ToType in its cv-qualifiers at some level) into ConvertedType.
1199bool Sema::IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00001200 QualType ToType,
1201 bool InOverloadResolution,
1202 QualType &ConvertedType) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001203 const MemberPointerType *ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001204 if (!ToTypePtr)
1205 return false;
1206
1207 // A null pointer constant can be converted to a member pointer (C++ 4.11p1)
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00001208 if (From->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
1209 InOverloadResolution? Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull
1210 : Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001211 ConvertedType = ToType;
1212 return true;
1213 }
1214
1215 // Otherwise, both types have to be member pointers.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001216 const MemberPointerType *FromTypePtr = FromType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001217 if (!FromTypePtr)
1218 return false;
1219
1220 // A pointer to member of B can be converted to a pointer to member of D,
1221 // where D is derived from B (C++ 4.11p2).
1222 QualType FromClass(FromTypePtr->getClass(), 0);
1223 QualType ToClass(ToTypePtr->getClass(), 0);
1224 // FIXME: What happens when these are dependent? Is this function even called?
1225
1226 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToClass, FromClass)) {
1227 ConvertedType = Context.getMemberPointerType(FromTypePtr->getPointeeType(),
1228 ToClass.getTypePtr());
1229 return true;
1230 }
1231
1232 return false;
1233}
1234
1235/// CheckMemberPointerConversion - Check the member pointer conversion from the
1236/// expression From to the type ToType. This routine checks for ambiguous or
1237/// virtual (FIXME: or inaccessible) base-to-derived member pointer conversions
1238/// for which IsMemberPointerConversion has already returned true. It returns
1239/// true and produces a diagnostic if there was an error, or returns false
1240/// otherwise.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001241bool Sema::CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Sebastian Redl7c353682009-11-14 21:15:49 +00001242 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind,
1243 bool IgnoreBaseAccess) {
1244 (void)IgnoreBaseAccess;
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001245 QualType FromType = From->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001246 const MemberPointerType *FromPtrType = FromType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Anders Carlssond7923c62009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001247 if (!FromPtrType) {
1248 // This must be a null pointer to member pointer conversion
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00001249 assert(From->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
1250 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull) &&
Anders Carlssond7923c62009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001251 "Expr must be null pointer constant!");
1252 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer;
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001253 return false;
Anders Carlssond7923c62009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001254 }
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001255
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001256 const MemberPointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001257 assert(ToPtrType && "No member pointer cast has a target type "
1258 "that is not a member pointer.");
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001259
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001260 QualType FromClass = QualType(FromPtrType->getClass(), 0);
1261 QualType ToClass = QualType(ToPtrType->getClass(), 0);
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001262
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001263 // FIXME: What about dependent types?
1264 assert(FromClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class.");
1265 assert(ToClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class.");
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001266
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001267 CXXBasePaths Paths(/*FindAmbiguities=*/true, /*RecordPaths=*/false,
1268 /*DetectVirtual=*/true);
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001269 bool DerivationOkay = IsDerivedFrom(ToClass, FromClass, Paths);
1270 assert(DerivationOkay &&
1271 "Should not have been called if derivation isn't OK.");
1272 (void)DerivationOkay;
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001273
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001274 if (Paths.isAmbiguous(Context.getCanonicalType(FromClass).
1275 getUnqualifiedType())) {
1276 // Derivation is ambiguous. Redo the check to find the exact paths.
1277 Paths.clear();
1278 Paths.setRecordingPaths(true);
1279 bool StillOkay = IsDerivedFrom(ToClass, FromClass, Paths);
1280 assert(StillOkay && "Derivation changed due to quantum fluctuation.");
1281 (void)StillOkay;
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001282
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001283 std::string PathDisplayStr = getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(Paths);
1284 Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::err_ambiguous_memptr_conv)
1285 << 0 << FromClass << ToClass << PathDisplayStr << From->getSourceRange();
1286 return true;
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001287 }
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001288
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001289 if (const RecordType *VBase = Paths.getDetectedVirtual()) {
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001290 Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::err_memptr_conv_via_virtual)
1291 << FromClass << ToClass << QualType(VBase, 0)
1292 << From->getSourceRange();
1293 return true;
1294 }
1295
Anders Carlssond7923c62009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001296 // Must be a base to derived member conversion.
1297 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BaseToDerivedMemberPointer;
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001298 return false;
1299}
1300
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001301/// IsQualificationConversion - Determines whether the conversion from
1302/// an rvalue of type FromType to ToType is a qualification conversion
1303/// (C++ 4.4).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001304bool
1305Sema::IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001306 FromType = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
1307 ToType = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType);
1308
1309 // If FromType and ToType are the same type, this is not a
1310 // qualification conversion.
1311 if (FromType == ToType)
1312 return false;
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001313
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001314 // (C++ 4.4p4):
1315 // A conversion can add cv-qualifiers at levels other than the first
1316 // in multi-level pointers, subject to the following rules: [...]
1317 bool PreviousToQualsIncludeConst = true;
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001318 bool UnwrappedAnyPointer = false;
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001319 while (UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(FromType, ToType)) {
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001320 // Within each iteration of the loop, we check the qualifiers to
1321 // determine if this still looks like a qualification
1322 // conversion. Then, if all is well, we unwrap one more level of
Douglas Gregor29a92472008-10-22 17:49:05 +00001323 // pointers or pointers-to-members and do it all again
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001324 // until there are no more pointers or pointers-to-members left to
1325 // unwrap.
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001326 UnwrappedAnyPointer = true;
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001327
1328 // -- for every j > 0, if const is in cv 1,j then const is in cv
1329 // 2,j, and similarly for volatile.
Douglas Gregorea2d4212008-10-22 00:38:21 +00001330 if (!ToType.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FromType))
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001331 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001332
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001333 // -- if the cv 1,j and cv 2,j are different, then const is in
1334 // every cv for 0 < k < j.
1335 if (FromType.getCVRQualifiers() != ToType.getCVRQualifiers()
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001336 && !PreviousToQualsIncludeConst)
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001337 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001338
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001339 // Keep track of whether all prior cv-qualifiers in the "to" type
1340 // include const.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001341 PreviousToQualsIncludeConst
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001342 = PreviousToQualsIncludeConst && ToType.isConstQualified();
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001343 }
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001344
1345 // We are left with FromType and ToType being the pointee types
1346 // after unwrapping the original FromType and ToType the same number
1347 // of types. If we unwrapped any pointers, and if FromType and
1348 // ToType have the same unqualified type (since we checked
1349 // qualifiers above), then this is a qualification conversion.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00001350 return UnwrappedAnyPointer && Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType,ToType);
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001351}
1352
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00001353/// \brief Given a function template or function, extract the function template
1354/// declaration (if any) and the underlying function declaration.
1355template<typename T>
1356static void GetFunctionAndTemplate(AnyFunctionDecl Orig, T *&Function,
1357 FunctionTemplateDecl *&FunctionTemplate) {
1358 FunctionTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Orig);
1359 if (FunctionTemplate)
1360 Function = cast<T>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl());
1361 else
1362 Function = cast<T>(Orig);
1363}
1364
Douglas Gregor576e98c2009-01-30 23:27:23 +00001365/// Determines whether there is a user-defined conversion sequence
1366/// (C++ [over.ics.user]) that converts expression From to the type
1367/// ToType. If such a conversion exists, User will contain the
1368/// user-defined conversion sequence that performs such a conversion
1369/// and this routine will return true. Otherwise, this routine returns
1370/// false and User is unspecified.
1371///
1372/// \param AllowConversionFunctions true if the conversion should
1373/// consider conversion functions at all. If false, only constructors
1374/// will be considered.
1375///
1376/// \param AllowExplicit true if the conversion should consider C++0x
1377/// "explicit" conversion functions as well as non-explicit conversion
1378/// functions (C++0x [class.conv.fct]p2).
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +00001379///
1380/// \param ForceRValue true if the expression should be treated as an rvalue
1381/// for overload resolution.
Fariborz Jahanianb3c44f92009-10-01 20:39:51 +00001382/// \param UserCast true if looking for user defined conversion for a static
1383/// cast.
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001384Sema::OverloadingResult Sema::IsUserDefinedConversion(
1385 Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00001386 UserDefinedConversionSequence& User,
Fariborz Jahanian19c73282009-09-15 00:10:11 +00001387 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor576e98c2009-01-30 23:27:23 +00001388 bool AllowConversionFunctions,
Fariborz Jahanianb3c44f92009-10-01 20:39:51 +00001389 bool AllowExplicit, bool ForceRValue,
1390 bool UserCast) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001391 if (const RecordType *ToRecordType = ToType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Douglas Gregor3ec1bf22009-11-05 13:06:35 +00001392 if (RequireCompleteType(From->getLocStart(), ToType, PDiag())) {
1393 // We're not going to find any constructors.
1394 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *ToRecordDecl
1395 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ToRecordType->getDecl())) {
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001396 // C++ [over.match.ctor]p1:
1397 // When objects of class type are direct-initialized (8.5), or
1398 // copy-initialized from an expression of the same or a
1399 // derived class type (8.5), overload resolution selects the
1400 // constructor. [...] For copy-initialization, the candidate
1401 // functions are all the converting constructors (12.3.1) of
1402 // that class. The argument list is the expression-list within
1403 // the parentheses of the initializer.
Douglas Gregor379d84b2009-11-13 18:44:21 +00001404 bool SuppressUserConversions = !UserCast;
1405 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType, From->getType()) ||
1406 IsDerivedFrom(From->getType(), ToType)) {
1407 SuppressUserConversions = false;
1408 AllowConversionFunctions = false;
1409 }
1410
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001411 DeclarationName ConstructorName
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001412 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
1413 Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType());
1414 DeclContext::lookup_iterator Con, ConEnd;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001415 for (llvm::tie(Con, ConEnd)
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001416 = ToRecordDecl->lookup(ConstructorName);
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001417 Con != ConEnd; ++Con) {
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001418 // Find the constructor (which may be a template).
1419 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = 0;
1420 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConstructorTmpl
1421 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Con);
1422 if (ConstructorTmpl)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001423 Constructor
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001424 = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ConstructorTmpl->getTemplatedDecl());
1425 else
1426 Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(*Con);
Douglas Gregorffe14e32009-11-14 01:20:54 +00001427
Fariborz Jahanian11a8e952009-08-06 17:22:51 +00001428 if (!Constructor->isInvalidDecl() &&
Anders Carlssond20e7952009-08-28 16:57:08 +00001429 Constructor->isConvertingConstructor(AllowExplicit)) {
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001430 if (ConstructorTmpl)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001431 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(ConstructorTmpl, false, 0, 0, &From,
Douglas Gregor379d84b2009-11-13 18:44:21 +00001432 1, CandidateSet,
1433 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue);
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001434 else
Fariborz Jahanianb3c44f92009-10-01 20:39:51 +00001435 // Allow one user-defined conversion when user specifies a
1436 // From->ToType conversion via an static cast (c-style, etc).
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001437 AddOverloadCandidate(Constructor, &From, 1, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor379d84b2009-11-13 18:44:21 +00001438 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue);
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001439 }
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001440 }
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001441 }
1442 }
1443
Douglas Gregor576e98c2009-01-30 23:27:23 +00001444 if (!AllowConversionFunctions) {
1445 // Don't allow any conversion functions to enter the overload set.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001446 } else if (RequireCompleteType(From->getLocStart(), From->getType(),
1447 PDiag(0)
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001448 << From->getSourceRange())) {
Douglas Gregor8a2e6012009-08-24 15:23:48 +00001449 // No conversion functions from incomplete types.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001450 } else if (const RecordType *FromRecordType
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001451 = From->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001452 if (CXXRecordDecl *FromRecordDecl
Fariborz Jahanianf9012a32009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001453 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FromRecordType->getDecl())) {
1454 // Add all of the conversion functions as candidates.
Fariborz Jahanianf9012a32009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001455 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Conversions
Fariborz Jahanianf4061e32009-09-14 20:41:01 +00001456 = FromRecordDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
Fariborz Jahanianf9012a32009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001457 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator Func
1458 = Conversions->function_begin();
1459 Func != Conversions->function_end(); ++Func) {
1460 CXXConversionDecl *Conv;
1461 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate;
1462 GetFunctionAndTemplate(*Func, Conv, ConvTemplate);
1463 if (ConvTemplate)
1464 Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl());
1465 else
1466 Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(*Func);
1467
1468 if (AllowExplicit || !Conv->isExplicit()) {
1469 if (ConvTemplate)
1470 AddTemplateConversionCandidate(ConvTemplate, From, ToType,
1471 CandidateSet);
1472 else
1473 AddConversionCandidate(Conv, From, ToType, CandidateSet);
1474 }
1475 }
1476 }
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00001477 }
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001478
1479 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001480 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, From->getLocStart(), Best)) {
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001481 case OR_Success:
1482 // Record the standard conversion we used and the conversion function.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001483 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001484 = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Best->Function)) {
1485 // C++ [over.ics.user]p1:
1486 // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a
1487 // constructor (12.3.1), the initial standard conversion
1488 // sequence converts the source type to the type required by
1489 // the argument of the constructor.
1490 //
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001491 QualType ThisType = Constructor->getThisType(Context);
Fariborz Jahanian55824512009-11-06 00:23:08 +00001492 if (Best->Conversions[0].ConversionKind ==
1493 ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion)
1494 User.EllipsisConversion = true;
1495 else {
1496 User.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard;
1497 User.EllipsisConversion = false;
1498 }
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001499 User.ConversionFunction = Constructor;
1500 User.After.setAsIdentityConversion();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001501 User.After.FromTypePtr
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001502 = ThisType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getAsOpaquePtr();
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001503 User.After.ToTypePtr = ToType.getAsOpaquePtr();
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001504 return OR_Success;
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00001505 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
1506 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Best->Function)) {
1507 // C++ [over.ics.user]p1:
1508 //
1509 // [...] If the user-defined conversion is specified by a
1510 // conversion function (12.3.2), the initial standard
1511 // conversion sequence converts the source type to the
1512 // implicit object parameter of the conversion function.
1513 User.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard;
1514 User.ConversionFunction = Conversion;
Fariborz Jahanian55824512009-11-06 00:23:08 +00001515 User.EllipsisConversion = false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001516
1517 // C++ [over.ics.user]p2:
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00001518 // The second standard conversion sequence converts the
1519 // result of the user-defined conversion to the target type
1520 // for the sequence. Since an implicit conversion sequence
1521 // is an initialization, the special rules for
1522 // initialization by user-defined conversion apply when
1523 // selecting the best user-defined conversion for a
1524 // user-defined conversion sequence (see 13.3.3 and
1525 // 13.3.3.1).
1526 User.After = Best->FinalConversion;
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001527 return OR_Success;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001528 } else {
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00001529 assert(false && "Not a constructor or conversion function?");
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001530 return OR_No_Viable_Function;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001531 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001532
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001533 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001534 return OR_No_Viable_Function;
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001535 case OR_Deleted:
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001536 // No conversion here! We're done.
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001537 return OR_Deleted;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001538
1539 case OR_Ambiguous:
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001540 return OR_Ambiguous;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001541 }
1542
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001543 return OR_No_Viable_Function;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001544}
Fariborz Jahanianf0647a52009-09-22 20:24:30 +00001545
1546bool
1547Sema::DiagnoseAmbiguousUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType) {
1548 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
1549 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1550 OverloadingResult OvResult =
1551 IsUserDefinedConversion(From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined,
1552 CandidateSet, true, false, false);
1553 if (OvResult != OR_Ambiguous)
1554 return false;
1555 Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
1556 diag::err_typecheck_ambiguous_condition)
1557 << From->getType() << ToType << From->getSourceRange();
1558 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
1559 return true;
1560}
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001561
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001562/// CompareImplicitConversionSequences - Compare two implicit
1563/// conversion sequences to determine whether one is better than the
1564/// other or if they are indistinguishable (C++ 13.3.3.2).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001565ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001566Sema::CompareImplicitConversionSequences(const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS1,
1567 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS2)
1568{
1569 // (C++ 13.3.3.2p2): When comparing the basic forms of implicit
1570 // conversion sequences (as defined in 13.3.3.1)
1571 // -- a standard conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.1) is a better
1572 // conversion sequence than a user-defined conversion sequence or
1573 // an ellipsis conversion sequence, and
1574 // -- a user-defined conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.2) is a better
1575 // conversion sequence than an ellipsis conversion sequence
1576 // (13.3.3.1.3).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001577 //
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001578 if (ICS1.ConversionKind < ICS2.ConversionKind)
1579 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1580 else if (ICS2.ConversionKind < ICS1.ConversionKind)
1581 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1582
1583 // Two implicit conversion sequences of the same form are
1584 // indistinguishable conversion sequences unless one of the
1585 // following rules apply: (C++ 13.3.3.2p3):
1586 if (ICS1.ConversionKind == ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion)
1587 return CompareStandardConversionSequences(ICS1.Standard, ICS2.Standard);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001588 else if (ICS1.ConversionKind ==
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001589 ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion) {
1590 // User-defined conversion sequence U1 is a better conversion
1591 // sequence than another user-defined conversion sequence U2 if
1592 // they contain the same user-defined conversion function or
1593 // constructor and if the second standard conversion sequence of
1594 // U1 is better than the second standard conversion sequence of
1595 // U2 (C++ 13.3.3.2p3).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001596 if (ICS1.UserDefined.ConversionFunction ==
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001597 ICS2.UserDefined.ConversionFunction)
1598 return CompareStandardConversionSequences(ICS1.UserDefined.After,
1599 ICS2.UserDefined.After);
1600 }
1601
1602 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1603}
1604
1605/// CompareStandardConversionSequences - Compare two standard
1606/// conversion sequences to determine whether one is better than the
1607/// other or if they are indistinguishable (C++ 13.3.3.2p3).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001608ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001609Sema::CompareStandardConversionSequences(const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
1610 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2)
1611{
1612 // Standard conversion sequence S1 is a better conversion sequence
1613 // than standard conversion sequence S2 if (C++ 13.3.3.2p3):
1614
1615 // -- S1 is a proper subsequence of S2 (comparing the conversion
1616 // sequences in the canonical form defined by 13.3.3.1.1,
1617 // excluding any Lvalue Transformation; the identity conversion
1618 // sequence is considered to be a subsequence of any
1619 // non-identity conversion sequence) or, if not that,
1620 if (SCS1.Second == SCS2.Second && SCS1.Third == SCS2.Third)
1621 // Neither is a proper subsequence of the other. Do nothing.
1622 ;
1623 else if ((SCS1.Second == ICK_Identity && SCS1.Third == SCS2.Third) ||
1624 (SCS1.Third == ICK_Identity && SCS1.Second == SCS2.Second) ||
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001625 (SCS1.Second == ICK_Identity &&
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001626 SCS1.Third == ICK_Identity))
1627 // SCS1 is a proper subsequence of SCS2.
1628 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1629 else if ((SCS2.Second == ICK_Identity && SCS2.Third == SCS1.Third) ||
1630 (SCS2.Third == ICK_Identity && SCS2.Second == SCS1.Second) ||
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001631 (SCS2.Second == ICK_Identity &&
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001632 SCS2.Third == ICK_Identity))
1633 // SCS2 is a proper subsequence of SCS1.
1634 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1635
1636 // -- the rank of S1 is better than the rank of S2 (by the rules
1637 // defined below), or, if not that,
1638 ImplicitConversionRank Rank1 = SCS1.getRank();
1639 ImplicitConversionRank Rank2 = SCS2.getRank();
1640 if (Rank1 < Rank2)
1641 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1642 else if (Rank2 < Rank1)
1643 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001644
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001645 // (C++ 13.3.3.2p4): Two conversion sequences with the same rank
1646 // are indistinguishable unless one of the following rules
1647 // applies:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001648
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001649 // A conversion that is not a conversion of a pointer, or
1650 // pointer to member, to bool is better than another conversion
1651 // that is such a conversion.
1652 if (SCS1.isPointerConversionToBool() != SCS2.isPointerConversionToBool())
1653 return SCS2.isPointerConversionToBool()
1654 ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better
1655 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1656
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001657 // C++ [over.ics.rank]p4b2:
1658 //
1659 // If class B is derived directly or indirectly from class A,
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001660 // conversion of B* to A* is better than conversion of B* to
1661 // void*, and conversion of A* to void* is better than conversion
1662 // of B* to void*.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001663 bool SCS1ConvertsToVoid
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001664 = SCS1.isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(Context);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001665 bool SCS2ConvertsToVoid
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001666 = SCS2.isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(Context);
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001667 if (SCS1ConvertsToVoid != SCS2ConvertsToVoid) {
1668 // Exactly one of the conversion sequences is a conversion to
1669 // a void pointer; it's the worse conversion.
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001670 return SCS2ConvertsToVoid ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better
1671 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001672 } else if (!SCS1ConvertsToVoid && !SCS2ConvertsToVoid) {
1673 // Neither conversion sequence converts to a void pointer; compare
1674 // their derived-to-base conversions.
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001675 if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind DerivedCK
1676 = CompareDerivedToBaseConversions(SCS1, SCS2))
1677 return DerivedCK;
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001678 } else if (SCS1ConvertsToVoid && SCS2ConvertsToVoid) {
1679 // Both conversion sequences are conversions to void
1680 // pointers. Compare the source types to determine if there's an
1681 // inheritance relationship in their sources.
1682 QualType FromType1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS1.FromTypePtr);
1683 QualType FromType2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS2.FromTypePtr);
1684
1685 // Adjust the types we're converting from via the array-to-pointer
1686 // conversion, if we need to.
1687 if (SCS1.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
1688 FromType1 = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType1);
1689 if (SCS2.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
1690 FromType2 = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType2);
1691
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001692 QualType FromPointee1
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001693 = FromType1->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001694 QualType FromPointee2
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001695 = FromType2->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001696
1697 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee2, FromPointee1))
1698 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1699 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee1, FromPointee2))
1700 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001701
1702 // Objective-C++: If one interface is more specific than the
1703 // other, it is the better one.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001704 const ObjCInterfaceType* FromIface1 = FromPointee1->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
1705 const ObjCInterfaceType* FromIface2 = FromPointee2->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001706 if (FromIface1 && FromIface1) {
1707 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromIface2, FromIface1))
1708 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1709 else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromIface1, FromIface2))
1710 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1711 }
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001712 }
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001713
1714 // Compare based on qualification conversions (C++ 13.3.3.2p3,
1715 // bullet 3).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001716 if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind QualCK
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001717 = CompareQualificationConversions(SCS1, SCS2))
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001718 return QualCK;
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001719
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001720 if (SCS1.ReferenceBinding && SCS2.ReferenceBinding) {
Sebastian Redlb28b4072009-03-22 23:49:27 +00001721 // C++0x [over.ics.rank]p3b4:
1722 // -- S1 and S2 are reference bindings (8.5.3) and neither refers to an
1723 // implicit object parameter of a non-static member function declared
1724 // without a ref-qualifier, and S1 binds an rvalue reference to an
1725 // rvalue and S2 binds an lvalue reference.
Sebastian Redl4c0cd852009-03-29 15:27:50 +00001726 // FIXME: We don't know if we're dealing with the implicit object parameter,
1727 // or if the member function in this case has a ref qualifier.
1728 // (Of course, we don't have ref qualifiers yet.)
1729 if (SCS1.RRefBinding != SCS2.RRefBinding)
1730 return SCS1.RRefBinding ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better
1731 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Sebastian Redlb28b4072009-03-22 23:49:27 +00001732
1733 // C++ [over.ics.rank]p3b4:
1734 // -- S1 and S2 are reference bindings (8.5.3), and the types to
1735 // which the references refer are the same type except for
1736 // top-level cv-qualifiers, and the type to which the reference
1737 // initialized by S2 refers is more cv-qualified than the type
1738 // to which the reference initialized by S1 refers.
Sebastian Redl4c0cd852009-03-29 15:27:50 +00001739 QualType T1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS1.ToTypePtr);
1740 QualType T2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS2.ToTypePtr);
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001741 T1 = Context.getCanonicalType(T1);
1742 T2 = Context.getCanonicalType(T2);
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00001743 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1, T2)) {
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001744 if (T2.isMoreQualifiedThan(T1))
1745 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1746 else if (T1.isMoreQualifiedThan(T2))
1747 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1748 }
1749 }
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001750
1751 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1752}
1753
1754/// CompareQualificationConversions - Compares two standard conversion
1755/// sequences to determine whether they can be ranked based on their
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001756/// qualification conversions (C++ 13.3.3.2p3 bullet 3).
1757ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001758Sema::CompareQualificationConversions(const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001759 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) {
Douglas Gregor4b62ec62008-10-22 15:04:37 +00001760 // C++ 13.3.3.2p3:
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001761 // -- S1 and S2 differ only in their qualification conversion and
1762 // yield similar types T1 and T2 (C++ 4.4), respectively, and the
1763 // cv-qualification signature of type T1 is a proper subset of
1764 // the cv-qualification signature of type T2, and S1 is not the
1765 // deprecated string literal array-to-pointer conversion (4.2).
1766 if (SCS1.First != SCS2.First || SCS1.Second != SCS2.Second ||
1767 SCS1.Third != SCS2.Third || SCS1.Third != ICK_Qualification)
1768 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1769
1770 // FIXME: the example in the standard doesn't use a qualification
1771 // conversion (!)
1772 QualType T1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS1.ToTypePtr);
1773 QualType T2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS2.ToTypePtr);
1774 T1 = Context.getCanonicalType(T1);
1775 T2 = Context.getCanonicalType(T2);
1776
1777 // If the types are the same, we won't learn anything by unwrapped
1778 // them.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00001779 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1, T2))
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001780 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1781
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001782 ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind Result
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001783 = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1784 while (UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(T1, T2)) {
1785 // Within each iteration of the loop, we check the qualifiers to
1786 // determine if this still looks like a qualification
1787 // conversion. Then, if all is well, we unwrap one more level of
Douglas Gregor29a92472008-10-22 17:49:05 +00001788 // pointers or pointers-to-members and do it all again
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001789 // until there are no more pointers or pointers-to-members left
1790 // to unwrap. This essentially mimics what
1791 // IsQualificationConversion does, but here we're checking for a
1792 // strict subset of qualifiers.
1793 if (T1.getCVRQualifiers() == T2.getCVRQualifiers())
1794 // The qualifiers are the same, so this doesn't tell us anything
1795 // about how the sequences rank.
1796 ;
1797 else if (T2.isMoreQualifiedThan(T1)) {
1798 // T1 has fewer qualifiers, so it could be the better sequence.
1799 if (Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse)
1800 // Neither has qualifiers that are a subset of the other's
1801 // qualifiers.
1802 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001803
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001804 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1805 } else if (T1.isMoreQualifiedThan(T2)) {
1806 // T2 has fewer qualifiers, so it could be the better sequence.
1807 if (Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Better)
1808 // Neither has qualifiers that are a subset of the other's
1809 // qualifiers.
1810 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001811
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001812 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1813 } else {
1814 // Qualifiers are disjoint.
1815 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1816 }
1817
1818 // If the types after this point are equivalent, we're done.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00001819 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1, T2))
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001820 break;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001821 }
1822
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001823 // Check that the winning standard conversion sequence isn't using
1824 // the deprecated string literal array to pointer conversion.
1825 switch (Result) {
1826 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better:
1827 if (SCS1.Deprecated)
1828 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1829 break;
1830
1831 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable:
1832 break;
1833
1834 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse:
1835 if (SCS2.Deprecated)
1836 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1837 break;
1838 }
1839
1840 return Result;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001841}
1842
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001843/// CompareDerivedToBaseConversions - Compares two standard conversion
1844/// sequences to determine whether they can be ranked based on their
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001845/// various kinds of derived-to-base conversions (C++
1846/// [over.ics.rank]p4b3). As part of these checks, we also look at
1847/// conversions between Objective-C interface types.
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001848ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
1849Sema::CompareDerivedToBaseConversions(const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
1850 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) {
1851 QualType FromType1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS1.FromTypePtr);
1852 QualType ToType1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS1.ToTypePtr);
1853 QualType FromType2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS2.FromTypePtr);
1854 QualType ToType2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS2.ToTypePtr);
1855
1856 // Adjust the types we're converting from via the array-to-pointer
1857 // conversion, if we need to.
1858 if (SCS1.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
1859 FromType1 = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType1);
1860 if (SCS2.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
1861 FromType2 = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType2);
1862
1863 // Canonicalize all of the types.
1864 FromType1 = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType1);
1865 ToType1 = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType1);
1866 FromType2 = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType2);
1867 ToType2 = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType2);
1868
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001869 // C++ [over.ics.rank]p4b3:
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001870 //
1871 // If class B is derived directly or indirectly from class A and
1872 // class C is derived directly or indirectly from B,
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001873 //
1874 // For Objective-C, we let A, B, and C also be Objective-C
1875 // interfaces.
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001876
1877 // Compare based on pointer conversions.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001878 if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion &&
Douglas Gregora29dc052008-11-27 01:19:21 +00001879 SCS2.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion &&
1880 /*FIXME: Remove if Objective-C id conversions get their own rank*/
1881 FromType1->isPointerType() && FromType2->isPointerType() &&
1882 ToType1->isPointerType() && ToType2->isPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001883 QualType FromPointee1
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001884 = FromType1->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001885 QualType ToPointee1
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001886 = ToType1->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001887 QualType FromPointee2
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001888 = FromType2->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001889 QualType ToPointee2
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001890 = ToType2->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001891
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001892 const ObjCInterfaceType* FromIface1 = FromPointee1->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
1893 const ObjCInterfaceType* FromIface2 = FromPointee2->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
1894 const ObjCInterfaceType* ToIface1 = ToPointee1->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
1895 const ObjCInterfaceType* ToIface2 = ToPointee2->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001896
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001897 // -- conversion of C* to B* is better than conversion of C* to A*,
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001898 if (FromPointee1 == FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 != ToPointee2) {
1899 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToPointee1, ToPointee2))
1900 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1901 else if (IsDerivedFrom(ToPointee2, ToPointee1))
1902 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001903
1904 if (ToIface1 && ToIface2) {
1905 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToIface2, ToIface1))
1906 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1907 else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToIface1, ToIface2))
1908 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1909 }
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001910 }
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001911
1912 // -- conversion of B* to A* is better than conversion of C* to A*,
1913 if (FromPointee1 != FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 == ToPointee2) {
1914 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee2, FromPointee1))
1915 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1916 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee1, FromPointee2))
1917 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001918
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001919 if (FromIface1 && FromIface2) {
1920 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromIface1, FromIface2))
1921 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1922 else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromIface2, FromIface1))
1923 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1924 }
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001925 }
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001926 }
1927
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001928 // Compare based on reference bindings.
1929 if (SCS1.ReferenceBinding && SCS2.ReferenceBinding &&
1930 SCS1.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) {
1931 // -- binding of an expression of type C to a reference of type
1932 // B& is better than binding an expression of type C to a
1933 // reference of type A&,
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00001934 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType1, FromType2) &&
1935 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2)) {
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001936 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToType1, ToType2))
1937 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1938 else if (IsDerivedFrom(ToType2, ToType1))
1939 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1940 }
1941
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00001942 // -- binding of an expression of type B to a reference of type
1943 // A& is better than binding an expression of type C to a
1944 // reference of type A&,
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00001945 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType1, FromType2) &&
1946 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2)) {
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001947 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType2, FromType1))
1948 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1949 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType1, FromType2))
1950 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1951 }
1952 }
Fariborz Jahanianac741ff2009-10-20 20:07:35 +00001953
1954 // Ranking of member-pointer types.
Fariborz Jahanian9a587b02009-10-20 20:04:46 +00001955 if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Pointer_Member && SCS2.Second == ICK_Pointer_Member &&
1956 FromType1->isMemberPointerType() && FromType2->isMemberPointerType() &&
1957 ToType1->isMemberPointerType() && ToType2->isMemberPointerType()) {
1958 const MemberPointerType * FromMemPointer1 =
1959 FromType1->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
1960 const MemberPointerType * ToMemPointer1 =
1961 ToType1->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
1962 const MemberPointerType * FromMemPointer2 =
1963 FromType2->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
1964 const MemberPointerType * ToMemPointer2 =
1965 ToType2->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
1966 const Type *FromPointeeType1 = FromMemPointer1->getClass();
1967 const Type *ToPointeeType1 = ToMemPointer1->getClass();
1968 const Type *FromPointeeType2 = FromMemPointer2->getClass();
1969 const Type *ToPointeeType2 = ToMemPointer2->getClass();
1970 QualType FromPointee1 = QualType(FromPointeeType1, 0).getUnqualifiedType();
1971 QualType ToPointee1 = QualType(ToPointeeType1, 0).getUnqualifiedType();
1972 QualType FromPointee2 = QualType(FromPointeeType2, 0).getUnqualifiedType();
1973 QualType ToPointee2 = QualType(ToPointeeType2, 0).getUnqualifiedType();
Fariborz Jahanianac741ff2009-10-20 20:07:35 +00001974 // conversion of A::* to B::* is better than conversion of A::* to C::*,
Fariborz Jahanian9a587b02009-10-20 20:04:46 +00001975 if (FromPointee1 == FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 != ToPointee2) {
1976 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToPointee1, ToPointee2))
1977 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1978 else if (IsDerivedFrom(ToPointee2, ToPointee1))
1979 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1980 }
1981 // conversion of B::* to C::* is better than conversion of A::* to C::*
1982 if (ToPointee1 == ToPointee2 && FromPointee1 != FromPointee2) {
1983 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee1, FromPointee2))
1984 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1985 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee2, FromPointee1))
1986 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1987 }
1988 }
1989
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00001990 if (SCS1.CopyConstructor && SCS2.CopyConstructor &&
1991 SCS1.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) {
1992 // -- conversion of C to B is better than conversion of C to A,
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00001993 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType1, FromType2) &&
1994 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2)) {
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00001995 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToType1, ToType2))
1996 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1997 else if (IsDerivedFrom(ToType2, ToType1))
1998 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1999 }
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002000
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002001 // -- conversion of B to A is better than conversion of C to A.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002002 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType1, FromType2) &&
2003 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2)) {
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002004 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType2, FromType1))
2005 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2006 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType1, FromType2))
2007 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2008 }
2009 }
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002010
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002011 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
2012}
2013
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002014/// TryCopyInitialization - Try to copy-initialize a value of type
2015/// ToType from the expression From. Return the implicit conversion
2016/// sequence required to pass this argument, which may be a bad
2017/// conversion sequence (meaning that the argument cannot be passed to
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002018/// a parameter of this type). If @p SuppressUserConversions, then we
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002019/// do not permit any user-defined conversion sequences. If @p ForceRValue,
2020/// then we treat @p From as an rvalue, even if it is an lvalue.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002021ImplicitConversionSequence
2022Sema::TryCopyInitialization(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Anders Carlsson20d13322009-08-27 17:37:39 +00002023 bool SuppressUserConversions, bool ForceRValue,
2024 bool InOverloadResolution) {
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002025 if (ToType->isReferenceType()) {
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002026 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002027 CheckReferenceInit(From, ToType,
Douglas Gregorc809cc22009-09-23 23:04:10 +00002028 /*FIXME:*/From->getLocStart(),
Anders Carlsson271e3a42009-08-27 17:30:43 +00002029 SuppressUserConversions,
2030 /*AllowExplicit=*/false,
2031 ForceRValue,
2032 &ICS);
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002033 return ICS;
2034 } else {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002035 return TryImplicitConversion(From, ToType,
Anders Carlssonef4c7212009-08-27 17:24:15 +00002036 SuppressUserConversions,
2037 /*AllowExplicit=*/false,
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +00002038 ForceRValue,
2039 InOverloadResolution);
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002040 }
2041}
2042
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002043/// PerformCopyInitialization - Copy-initialize an object of type @p ToType with
2044/// the expression @p From. Returns true (and emits a diagnostic) if there was
2045/// an error, returns false if the initialization succeeded. Elidable should
2046/// be true when the copy may be elided (C++ 12.8p15). Overload resolution works
2047/// differently in C++0x for this case.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002048bool Sema::PerformCopyInitialization(Expr *&From, QualType ToType,
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002049 const char* Flavor, bool Elidable) {
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002050 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
2051 // In C, argument passing is the same as performing an assignment.
2052 QualType FromType = From->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002053
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002054 AssignConvertType ConvTy =
2055 CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(ToType, From);
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00002056 if (ConvTy != Compatible &&
2057 CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(ToType, From) == Compatible)
2058 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002059
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002060 return DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, From->getLocStart(), ToType,
2061 FromType, From, Flavor);
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002062 }
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002063
Chris Lattnerf3d3fae2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00002064 if (ToType->isReferenceType())
Anders Carlsson271e3a42009-08-27 17:30:43 +00002065 return CheckReferenceInit(From, ToType,
Douglas Gregorc809cc22009-09-23 23:04:10 +00002066 /*FIXME:*/From->getLocStart(),
Anders Carlsson271e3a42009-08-27 17:30:43 +00002067 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
2068 /*AllowExplicit=*/false,
2069 /*ForceRValue=*/false);
Chris Lattnerf3d3fae2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00002070
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002071 if (!PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, Flavor,
2072 /*AllowExplicit=*/false, Elidable))
Chris Lattnerf3d3fae2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00002073 return false;
Fariborz Jahanianf0647a52009-09-22 20:24:30 +00002074 if (!DiagnoseAmbiguousUserDefinedConversion(From, ToType))
Fariborz Jahanian0b51c722009-09-22 19:53:15 +00002075 return Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2076 diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible)
2077 << ToType << From->getType() << Flavor << From->getSourceRange();
Fariborz Jahanian0b51c722009-09-22 19:53:15 +00002078 return true;
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002079}
2080
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002081/// TryObjectArgumentInitialization - Try to initialize the object
2082/// parameter of the given member function (@c Method) from the
2083/// expression @p From.
2084ImplicitConversionSequence
2085Sema::TryObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, CXXMethodDecl *Method) {
2086 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Method->getParent());
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002087 QualType ImplicitParamType
2088 = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(ClassType, Method->getTypeQualifiers());
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002089
2090 // Set up the conversion sequence as a "bad" conversion, to allow us
2091 // to exit early.
2092 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
2093 ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion();
2094 ICS.ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion;
2095
2096 // We need to have an object of class type.
2097 QualType FromType = From->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002098 if (const PointerType *PT = FromType->getAs<PointerType>())
Anders Carlssonbfdea0f2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002099 FromType = PT->getPointeeType();
2100
2101 assert(FromType->isRecordType());
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002102
2103 // The implicit object parmeter is has the type "reference to cv X",
2104 // where X is the class of which the function is a member
2105 // (C++ [over.match.funcs]p4). However, when finding an implicit
2106 // conversion sequence for the argument, we are not allowed to
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002107 // create temporaries or perform user-defined conversions
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002108 // (C++ [over.match.funcs]p5). We perform a simplified version of
2109 // reference binding here, that allows class rvalues to bind to
2110 // non-constant references.
2111
2112 // First check the qualifiers. We don't care about lvalue-vs-rvalue
2113 // with the implicit object parameter (C++ [over.match.funcs]p5).
2114 QualType FromTypeCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002115 if (ImplicitParamType.getCVRQualifiers()
2116 != FromTypeCanon.getLocalCVRQualifiers() &&
Douglas Gregor01df9462009-11-05 00:07:36 +00002117 !ImplicitParamType.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FromTypeCanon))
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002118 return ICS;
2119
2120 // Check that we have either the same type or a derived type. It
2121 // affects the conversion rank.
2122 QualType ClassTypeCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType);
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002123 if (ClassTypeCanon == FromTypeCanon.getLocalUnqualifiedType())
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002124 ICS.Standard.Second = ICK_Identity;
2125 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType, ClassType))
2126 ICS.Standard.Second = ICK_Derived_To_Base;
2127 else
2128 return ICS;
2129
2130 // Success. Mark this as a reference binding.
2131 ICS.ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion;
2132 ICS.Standard.FromTypePtr = FromType.getAsOpaquePtr();
2133 ICS.Standard.ToTypePtr = ImplicitParamType.getAsOpaquePtr();
2134 ICS.Standard.ReferenceBinding = true;
2135 ICS.Standard.DirectBinding = true;
Sebastian Redlf69a94a2009-03-29 22:46:24 +00002136 ICS.Standard.RRefBinding = false;
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002137 return ICS;
2138}
2139
2140/// PerformObjectArgumentInitialization - Perform initialization of
2141/// the implicit object parameter for the given Method with the given
2142/// expression.
2143bool
2144Sema::PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *&From, CXXMethodDecl *Method) {
Anders Carlssonbfdea0f2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002145 QualType FromRecordType, DestType;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002146 QualType ImplicitParamRecordType =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002147 Method->getThisType(Context)->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002148
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002149 if (const PointerType *PT = From->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Anders Carlssonbfdea0f2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002150 FromRecordType = PT->getPointeeType();
2151 DestType = Method->getThisType(Context);
2152 } else {
2153 FromRecordType = From->getType();
2154 DestType = ImplicitParamRecordType;
2155 }
2156
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002157 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002158 = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(From, Method);
2159 if (ICS.ConversionKind == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion)
2160 return Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002161 diag::err_implicit_object_parameter_init)
Anders Carlssonbfdea0f2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002162 << ImplicitParamRecordType << FromRecordType << From->getSourceRange();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002163
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002164 if (ICS.Standard.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base &&
Anders Carlssonbfdea0f2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002165 CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
2166 ImplicitParamRecordType,
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002167 From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2168 From->getSourceRange()))
2169 return true;
2170
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002171 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase,
Anders Carlsson4f4aab22009-08-07 18:45:49 +00002172 /*isLvalue=*/true);
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002173 return false;
2174}
2175
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002176/// TryContextuallyConvertToBool - Attempt to contextually convert the
2177/// expression From to bool (C++0x [conv]p3).
2178ImplicitConversionSequence Sema::TryContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002179 return TryImplicitConversion(From, Context.BoolTy,
Anders Carlssonef4c7212009-08-27 17:24:15 +00002180 // FIXME: Are these flags correct?
2181 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002182 /*AllowExplicit=*/true,
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +00002183 /*ForceRValue=*/false,
2184 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002185}
2186
2187/// PerformContextuallyConvertToBool - Perform a contextual conversion
2188/// of the expression From to bool (C++0x [conv]p3).
2189bool Sema::PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *&From) {
2190 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = TryContextuallyConvertToBool(From);
2191 if (!PerformImplicitConversion(From, Context.BoolTy, ICS, "converting"))
2192 return false;
Fariborz Jahanianf0647a52009-09-22 20:24:30 +00002193
2194 if (!DiagnoseAmbiguousUserDefinedConversion(From, Context.BoolTy))
2195 return Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2196 diag::err_typecheck_bool_condition)
2197 << From->getType() << From->getSourceRange();
2198 return true;
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002199}
2200
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002201/// AddOverloadCandidate - Adds the given function to the set of
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002202/// candidate functions, using the given function call arguments. If
2203/// @p SuppressUserConversions, then don't allow user-defined
2204/// conversions via constructors or conversion operators.
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002205/// If @p ForceRValue, treat all arguments as rvalues. This is a slightly
2206/// hacky way to implement the overloading rules for elidable copy
2207/// initialization in C++0x (C++0x 12.8p15).
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002208///
2209/// \para PartialOverloading true if we are performing "partial" overloading
2210/// based on an incomplete set of function arguments. This feature is used by
2211/// code completion.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002212void
2213Sema::AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002214 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002215 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002216 bool SuppressUserConversions,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002217 bool ForceRValue,
2218 bool PartialOverloading) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002219 const FunctionProtoType* Proto
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002220 = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Function->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>());
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002221 assert(Proto && "Functions without a prototype cannot be overloaded");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002222 assert(!isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Function) &&
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002223 "Use AddConversionCandidate for conversion functions");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002224 assert(!Function->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002225 "Use AddTemplateOverloadCandidate for function templates");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002226
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002227 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Function)) {
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002228 if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method)) {
2229 // If we get here, it's because we're calling a member function
2230 // that is named without a member access expression (e.g.,
2231 // "this->f") that was either written explicitly or created
2232 // implicitly. This can happen with a qualified call to a member
2233 // function, e.g., X::f(). We use a NULL object as the implied
2234 // object argument (C++ [over.call.func]p3).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002235 AddMethodCandidate(Method, 0, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002236 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue);
2237 return;
2238 }
2239 // We treat a constructor like a non-member function, since its object
2240 // argument doesn't participate in overload resolution.
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002241 }
2242
Douglas Gregorff7028a2009-11-13 23:59:09 +00002243 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Function))
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002244 return;
Douglas Gregorffe14e32009-11-14 01:20:54 +00002245
2246 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Function)){
2247 // C++ [class.copy]p3:
2248 // A member function template is never instantiated to perform the copy
2249 // of a class object to an object of its class type.
2250 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Constructor->getParent());
2251 if (NumArgs == 1 &&
2252 Constructor->isCopyConstructorLikeSpecialization() &&
2253 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ClassType, Args[0]->getType()))
2254 return;
2255 }
2256
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002257 // Add this candidate
2258 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
2259 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
2260 Candidate.Function = Function;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002261 Candidate.Viable = true;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002262 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002263 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002264
2265 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2266
2267 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m
2268 // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter
2269 // list (8.3.5).
Douglas Gregor2a920012009-09-23 14:56:09 +00002270 if ((NumArgs + (PartialOverloading && NumArgs)) > NumArgsInProto &&
2271 !Proto->isVariadic()) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002272 Candidate.Viable = false;
2273 return;
2274 }
2275
2276 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having more than m parameters
2277 // is viable only if the (m+1)st parameter has a default argument
2278 // (8.3.6). For the purposes of overload resolution, the
2279 // parameter list is truncated on the right, so that there are
2280 // exactly m parameters.
2281 unsigned MinRequiredArgs = Function->getMinRequiredArguments();
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002282 if (NumArgs < MinRequiredArgs && !PartialOverloading) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002283 // Not enough arguments.
2284 Candidate.Viable = false;
2285 return;
2286 }
2287
2288 // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
2289 // arguments.
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002290 Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs);
2291 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
2292 if (ArgIdx < NumArgsInProto) {
2293 // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall
2294 // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence
2295 // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding
2296 // parameter of F.
2297 QualType ParamType = Proto->getArgType(ArgIdx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002298 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx]
2299 = TryCopyInitialization(Args[ArgIdx], ParamType,
Anders Carlsson20d13322009-08-27 17:37:39 +00002300 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue,
2301 /*InOverloadResolution=*/true);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002302 if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002303 == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) {
Fariborz Jahanianc9c39172009-09-28 19:06:58 +00002304 // 13.3.3.1-p10 If several different sequences of conversions exist that
2305 // each convert the argument to the parameter type, the implicit conversion
2306 // sequence associated with the parameter is defined to be the unique conversion
2307 // sequence designated the ambiguous conversion sequence. For the purpose of
2308 // ranking implicit conversion sequences as described in 13.3.3.2, the ambiguous
2309 // conversion sequence is treated as a user-defined sequence that is
2310 // indistinguishable from any other user-defined conversion sequence
Fariborz Jahanian91ae9fd2009-09-29 17:31:54 +00002311 if (!Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].ConversionFunctionSet.empty()) {
Fariborz Jahanianc9c39172009-09-28 19:06:58 +00002312 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].ConversionKind =
2313 ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion;
Fariborz Jahanian91ae9fd2009-09-29 17:31:54 +00002314 // Set the conversion function to one of them. As due to ambiguity,
2315 // they carry the same weight and is needed for overload resolution
2316 // later.
2317 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].UserDefined.ConversionFunction =
2318 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].ConversionFunctionSet[0];
2319 }
Fariborz Jahanianc9c39172009-09-28 19:06:58 +00002320 else {
2321 Candidate.Viable = false;
2322 break;
2323 }
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002324 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002325 } else {
2326 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any
2327 // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is
2328 // considered to ""match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002329 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002330 = ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion;
2331 }
2332 }
2333}
2334
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002335/// \brief Add all of the function declarations in the given function set to
2336/// the overload canddiate set.
2337void Sema::AddFunctionCandidates(const FunctionSet &Functions,
2338 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2339 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2340 bool SuppressUserConversions) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002341 for (FunctionSet::const_iterator F = Functions.begin(),
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002342 FEnd = Functions.end();
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00002343 F != FEnd; ++F) {
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002344 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*F)) {
2345 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) && !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)->isStatic())
2346 AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD),
2347 Args[0], Args + 1, NumArgs - 1,
2348 CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions);
2349 else
2350 AddOverloadCandidate(FD, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
2351 SuppressUserConversions);
2352 } else {
2353 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*F);
2354 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl()) &&
2355 !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl())->isStatic())
2356 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunTmpl,
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002357 /*FIXME: explicit args */false, 0, 0,
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002358 Args[0], Args + 1, NumArgs - 1,
2359 CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00002360 SuppressUserConversions);
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002361 else
2362 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunTmpl,
2363 /*FIXME: explicit args */false, 0, 0,
2364 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
2365 SuppressUserConversions);
2366 }
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00002367 }
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002368}
2369
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002370/// AddMethodCandidate - Adds the given C++ member function to the set
2371/// of candidate functions, using the given function call arguments
2372/// and the object argument (@c Object). For example, in a call
2373/// @c o.f(a1,a2), @c Object will contain @c o and @c Args will contain
2374/// both @c a1 and @c a2. If @p SuppressUserConversions, then don't
2375/// allow user-defined conversions via constructors or conversion
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002376/// operators. If @p ForceRValue, treat all arguments as rvalues. This is
2377/// a slightly hacky way to implement the overloading rules for elidable copy
2378/// initialization in C++0x (C++0x 12.8p15).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002379void
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002380Sema::AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, Expr *Object,
2381 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2382 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002383 bool SuppressUserConversions, bool ForceRValue) {
2384 const FunctionProtoType* Proto
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002385 = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Method->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>());
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002386 assert(Proto && "Methods without a prototype cannot be overloaded");
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002387 assert(!isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Method) &&
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002388 "Use AddConversionCandidate for conversion functions");
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002389 assert(!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) &&
2390 "Use AddOverloadCandidate for constructors");
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002391
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002392 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Method))
2393 return;
2394
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002395 // Add this candidate
2396 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
2397 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
2398 Candidate.Function = Method;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002399 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002400 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002401
2402 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2403
2404 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m
2405 // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter
2406 // list (8.3.5).
2407 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto && !Proto->isVariadic()) {
2408 Candidate.Viable = false;
2409 return;
2410 }
2411
2412 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having more than m parameters
2413 // is viable only if the (m+1)st parameter has a default argument
2414 // (8.3.6). For the purposes of overload resolution, the
2415 // parameter list is truncated on the right, so that there are
2416 // exactly m parameters.
2417 unsigned MinRequiredArgs = Method->getMinRequiredArguments();
2418 if (NumArgs < MinRequiredArgs) {
2419 // Not enough arguments.
2420 Candidate.Viable = false;
2421 return;
2422 }
2423
2424 Candidate.Viable = true;
2425 Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs + 1);
2426
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002427 if (Method->isStatic() || !Object)
2428 // The implicit object argument is ignored.
2429 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = true;
2430 else {
2431 // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the object
2432 // parameter.
2433 Candidate.Conversions[0] = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(Object, Method);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002434 if (Candidate.Conversions[0].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002435 == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) {
2436 Candidate.Viable = false;
2437 return;
2438 }
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002439 }
2440
2441 // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
2442 // arguments.
2443 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
2444 if (ArgIdx < NumArgsInProto) {
2445 // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall
2446 // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence
2447 // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding
2448 // parameter of F.
2449 QualType ParamType = Proto->getArgType(ArgIdx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002450 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1]
2451 = TryCopyInitialization(Args[ArgIdx], ParamType,
Anders Carlsson20d13322009-08-27 17:37:39 +00002452 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue,
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +00002453 /*InOverloadResolution=*/true);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002454 if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002455 == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) {
2456 Candidate.Viable = false;
2457 break;
2458 }
2459 } else {
2460 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any
2461 // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is
2462 // considered to ""match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002463 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002464 = ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion;
2465 }
2466 }
2467}
2468
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002469/// \brief Add a C++ member function template as a candidate to the candidate
2470/// set, using template argument deduction to produce an appropriate member
2471/// function template specialization.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002472void
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002473Sema::AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl,
2474 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002475 const TemplateArgumentLoc *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002476 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2477 Expr *Object, Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2478 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2479 bool SuppressUserConversions,
2480 bool ForceRValue) {
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002481 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(MethodTmpl))
2482 return;
2483
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002484 // C++ [over.match.funcs]p7:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002485 // In each case where a candidate is a function template, candidate
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002486 // function template specializations are generated using template argument
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002487 // deduction (14.8.3, 14.8.2). Those candidates are then handled as
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002488 // candidate functions in the usual way.113) A given name can refer to one
2489 // or more function templates and also to a set of overloaded non-template
2490 // functions. In such a case, the candidate functions generated from each
2491 // function template are combined with the set of non-template candidate
2492 // functions.
2493 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context);
2494 FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
2495 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
2496 = DeduceTemplateArguments(MethodTmpl, HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2497 ExplicitTemplateArgs, NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2498 Args, NumArgs, Specialization, Info)) {
2499 // FIXME: Record what happened with template argument deduction, so
2500 // that we can give the user a beautiful diagnostic.
2501 (void)Result;
2502 return;
2503 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002504
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002505 // Add the function template specialization produced by template argument
2506 // deduction as a candidate.
2507 assert(Specialization && "Missing member function template specialization?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002508 assert(isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization) &&
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002509 "Specialization is not a member function?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002510 AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization), Object, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002511 CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue);
2512}
2513
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002514/// \brief Add a C++ function template specialization as a candidate
2515/// in the candidate set, using template argument deduction to produce
2516/// an appropriate function template specialization.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002517void
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002518Sema::AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002519 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002520 const TemplateArgumentLoc *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002521 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002522 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2523 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2524 bool SuppressUserConversions,
2525 bool ForceRValue) {
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002526 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(FunctionTemplate))
2527 return;
2528
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002529 // C++ [over.match.funcs]p7:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002530 // In each case where a candidate is a function template, candidate
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002531 // function template specializations are generated using template argument
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002532 // deduction (14.8.3, 14.8.2). Those candidates are then handled as
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002533 // candidate functions in the usual way.113) A given name can refer to one
2534 // or more function templates and also to a set of overloaded non-template
2535 // functions. In such a case, the candidate functions generated from each
2536 // function template are combined with the set of non-template candidate
2537 // functions.
2538 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context);
2539 FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
2540 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002541 = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2542 ExplicitTemplateArgs, NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2543 Args, NumArgs, Specialization, Info)) {
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002544 // FIXME: Record what happened with template argument deduction, so
2545 // that we can give the user a beautiful diagnostic.
2546 (void)Result;
2547 return;
2548 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002549
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002550 // Add the function template specialization produced by template argument
2551 // deduction as a candidate.
2552 assert(Specialization && "Missing function template specialization?");
2553 AddOverloadCandidate(Specialization, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
2554 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue);
2555}
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002556
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002557/// AddConversionCandidate - Add a C++ conversion function as a
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002558/// candidate in the candidate set (C++ [over.match.conv],
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002559/// C++ [over.match.copy]). From is the expression we're converting from,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002560/// and ToType is the type that we're eventually trying to convert to
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002561/// (which may or may not be the same type as the type that the
2562/// conversion function produces).
2563void
2564Sema::AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
2565 Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2566 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet) {
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002567 assert(!Conversion->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
2568 "Conversion function templates use AddTemplateConversionCandidate");
2569
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002570 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Conversion))
2571 return;
2572
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002573 // Add this candidate
2574 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
2575 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
2576 Candidate.Function = Conversion;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002577 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002578 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002579 Candidate.FinalConversion.setAsIdentityConversion();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002580 Candidate.FinalConversion.FromTypePtr
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002581 = Conversion->getConversionType().getAsOpaquePtr();
2582 Candidate.FinalConversion.ToTypePtr = ToType.getAsOpaquePtr();
2583
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002584 // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the implicit
2585 // object parameter.
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002586 Candidate.Viable = true;
2587 Candidate.Conversions.resize(1);
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002588 Candidate.Conversions[0] = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(From, Conversion);
Fariborz Jahanianf4061e32009-09-14 20:41:01 +00002589 // Conversion functions to a different type in the base class is visible in
2590 // the derived class. So, a derived to base conversion should not participate
2591 // in overload resolution.
2592 if (Candidate.Conversions[0].Standard.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base)
2593 Candidate.Conversions[0].Standard.Second = ICK_Identity;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002594 if (Candidate.Conversions[0].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002595 == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) {
2596 Candidate.Viable = false;
2597 return;
2598 }
Fariborz Jahanian996a6aa2009-10-19 19:18:20 +00002599
2600 // We won't go through a user-define type conversion function to convert a
2601 // derived to base as such conversions are given Conversion Rank. They only
2602 // go through a copy constructor. 13.3.3.1.2-p4 [over.ics.user]
2603 QualType FromCanon
2604 = Context.getCanonicalType(From->getType().getUnqualifiedType());
2605 QualType ToCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType();
2606 if (FromCanon == ToCanon || IsDerivedFrom(FromCanon, ToCanon)) {
2607 Candidate.Viable = false;
2608 return;
2609 }
2610
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002611
2612 // To determine what the conversion from the result of calling the
2613 // conversion function to the type we're eventually trying to
2614 // convert to (ToType), we need to synthesize a call to the
2615 // conversion function and attempt copy initialization from it. This
2616 // makes sure that we get the right semantics with respect to
2617 // lvalues/rvalues and the type. Fortunately, we can allocate this
2618 // call on the stack and we don't need its arguments to be
2619 // well-formed.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002620 DeclRefExpr ConversionRef(Conversion, Conversion->getType(),
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002621 SourceLocation());
2622 ImplicitCastExpr ConversionFn(Context.getPointerType(Conversion->getType()),
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002623 CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay,
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002624 &ConversionRef, false);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002625
2626 // Note that it is safe to allocate CallExpr on the stack here because
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002627 // there are 0 arguments (i.e., nothing is allocated using ASTContext's
2628 // allocator).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002629 CallExpr Call(Context, &ConversionFn, 0, 0,
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002630 Conversion->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType(),
2631 SourceLocation());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002632 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS =
2633 TryCopyInitialization(&Call, ToType,
Anders Carlsson03068aa2009-08-27 17:18:13 +00002634 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/true,
Anders Carlsson20d13322009-08-27 17:37:39 +00002635 /*ForceRValue=*/false,
2636 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002637
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002638 switch (ICS.ConversionKind) {
2639 case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion:
2640 Candidate.FinalConversion = ICS.Standard;
2641 break;
2642
2643 case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion:
2644 Candidate.Viable = false;
2645 break;
2646
2647 default:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002648 assert(false &&
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002649 "Can only end up with a standard conversion sequence or failure");
2650 }
2651}
2652
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002653/// \brief Adds a conversion function template specialization
2654/// candidate to the overload set, using template argument deduction
2655/// to deduce the template arguments of the conversion function
2656/// template from the type that we are converting to (C++
2657/// [temp.deduct.conv]).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002658void
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002659Sema::AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
2660 Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2661 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) {
2662 assert(isa<CXXConversionDecl>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()) &&
2663 "Only conversion function templates permitted here");
2664
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002665 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(FunctionTemplate))
2666 return;
2667
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002668 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context);
2669 CXXConversionDecl *Specialization = 0;
2670 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002671 = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, ToType,
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002672 Specialization, Info)) {
2673 // FIXME: Record what happened with template argument deduction, so
2674 // that we can give the user a beautiful diagnostic.
2675 (void)Result;
2676 return;
2677 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002678
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002679 // Add the conversion function template specialization produced by
2680 // template argument deduction as a candidate.
2681 assert(Specialization && "Missing function template specialization?");
2682 AddConversionCandidate(Specialization, From, ToType, CandidateSet);
2683}
2684
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002685/// AddSurrogateCandidate - Adds a "surrogate" candidate function that
2686/// converts the given @c Object to a function pointer via the
2687/// conversion function @c Conversion, and then attempts to call it
2688/// with the given arguments (C++ [over.call.object]p2-4). Proto is
2689/// the type of function that we'll eventually be calling.
2690void Sema::AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002691 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002692 Expr *Object, Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2693 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet) {
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002694 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Conversion))
2695 return;
2696
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002697 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
2698 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
2699 Candidate.Function = 0;
2700 Candidate.Surrogate = Conversion;
2701 Candidate.Viable = true;
2702 Candidate.IsSurrogate = true;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002703 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002704 Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs + 1);
2705
2706 // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the implicit
2707 // object parameter.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002708 ImplicitConversionSequence ObjectInit
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002709 = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(Object, Conversion);
2710 if (ObjectInit.ConversionKind == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) {
2711 Candidate.Viable = false;
2712 return;
2713 }
2714
2715 // The first conversion is actually a user-defined conversion whose
2716 // first conversion is ObjectInit's standard conversion (which is
2717 // effectively a reference binding). Record it as such.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002718 Candidate.Conversions[0].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002719 = ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion;
2720 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.Before = ObjectInit.Standard;
Fariborz Jahanian55824512009-11-06 00:23:08 +00002721 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.EllipsisConversion = false;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002722 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.ConversionFunction = Conversion;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002723 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.After
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002724 = Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.Before;
2725 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.After.setAsIdentityConversion();
2726
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002727 // Find the
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002728 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2729
2730 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m
2731 // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter
2732 // list (8.3.5).
2733 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto && !Proto->isVariadic()) {
2734 Candidate.Viable = false;
2735 return;
2736 }
2737
2738 // Function types don't have any default arguments, so just check if
2739 // we have enough arguments.
2740 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2741 // Not enough arguments.
2742 Candidate.Viable = false;
2743 return;
2744 }
2745
2746 // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
2747 // arguments.
2748 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
2749 if (ArgIdx < NumArgsInProto) {
2750 // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall
2751 // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence
2752 // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding
2753 // parameter of F.
2754 QualType ParamType = Proto->getArgType(ArgIdx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002755 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1]
2756 = TryCopyInitialization(Args[ArgIdx], ParamType,
Anders Carlsson03068aa2009-08-27 17:18:13 +00002757 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
Anders Carlsson20d13322009-08-27 17:37:39 +00002758 /*ForceRValue=*/false,
2759 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002760 if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002761 == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) {
2762 Candidate.Viable = false;
2763 break;
2764 }
2765 } else {
2766 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any
2767 // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is
2768 // considered to ""match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002769 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002770 = ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion;
2771 }
2772 }
2773}
2774
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002775// FIXME: This will eventually be removed, once we've migrated all of the
2776// operator overloading logic over to the scheme used by binary operators, which
2777// works for template instantiation.
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002778void Sema::AddOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
Douglas Gregor94eabf32009-02-04 16:44:47 +00002779 SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002780 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor94eabf32009-02-04 16:44:47 +00002781 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2782 SourceRange OpRange) {
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002783 FunctionSet Functions;
2784
2785 QualType T1 = Args[0]->getType();
2786 QualType T2;
2787 if (NumArgs > 1)
2788 T2 = Args[1]->getType();
2789
2790 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
Douglas Gregor7a77a6b2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00002791 if (S)
2792 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(Op, S, T1, T2, Functions);
Sebastian Redlc057f422009-10-23 19:23:15 +00002793 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, /*Operator*/true, Args, NumArgs, Functions);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002794 AddFunctionCandidates(Functions, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
2795 AddMemberOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet, OpRange);
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00002796 AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002797}
2798
2799/// \brief Add overload candidates for overloaded operators that are
2800/// member functions.
2801///
2802/// Add the overloaded operator candidates that are member functions
2803/// for the operator Op that was used in an operator expression such
2804/// as "x Op y". , Args/NumArgs provides the operator arguments, and
2805/// CandidateSet will store the added overload candidates. (C++
2806/// [over.match.oper]).
2807void Sema::AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
2808 SourceLocation OpLoc,
2809 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2810 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2811 SourceRange OpRange) {
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002812 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
2813
2814 // C++ [over.match.oper]p3:
2815 // For a unary operator @ with an operand of a type whose
2816 // cv-unqualified version is T1, and for a binary operator @ with
2817 // a left operand of a type whose cv-unqualified version is T1 and
2818 // a right operand of a type whose cv-unqualified version is T2,
2819 // three sets of candidate functions, designated member
2820 // candidates, non-member candidates and built-in candidates, are
2821 // constructed as follows:
2822 QualType T1 = Args[0]->getType();
2823 QualType T2;
2824 if (NumArgs > 1)
2825 T2 = Args[1]->getType();
2826
2827 // -- If T1 is a class type, the set of member candidates is the
2828 // result of the qualified lookup of T1::operator@
2829 // (13.3.1.1.1); otherwise, the set of member candidates is
2830 // empty.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002831 if (const RecordType *T1Rec = T1->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Douglas Gregor6a1f9652009-08-27 23:35:55 +00002832 // Complete the type if it can be completed. Otherwise, we're done.
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00002833 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, T1, PDiag()))
Douglas Gregor6a1f9652009-08-27 23:35:55 +00002834 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002835
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002836 LookupResult Operators;
2837 LookupQualifiedName(Operators, T1Rec->getDecl(), OpName,
2838 LookupOrdinaryName, false);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002839 for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = Operators.begin(),
Douglas Gregor6a1f9652009-08-27 23:35:55 +00002840 OperEnd = Operators.end();
2841 Oper != OperEnd;
Douglas Gregor4aa2dc42009-10-14 16:50:13 +00002842 ++Oper) {
2843 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Oper)) {
2844 AddMethodCandidate(Method, Args[0], Args+1, NumArgs - 1, CandidateSet,
2845 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
2846 continue;
2847 }
2848
2849 assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Oper) &&
2850 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Oper)
2851 ->getTemplatedDecl()) &&
2852 "Expected a member function template");
2853 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Oper), false, 0, 0,
2854 Args[0], Args+1, NumArgs - 1, CandidateSet,
2855 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
2856 }
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002857 }
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002858}
2859
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002860/// AddBuiltinCandidate - Add a candidate for a built-in
2861/// operator. ResultTy and ParamTys are the result and parameter types
2862/// of the built-in candidate, respectively. Args and NumArgs are the
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00002863/// arguments being passed to the candidate. IsAssignmentOperator
2864/// should be true when this built-in candidate is an assignment
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002865/// operator. NumContextualBoolArguments is the number of arguments
2866/// (at the beginning of the argument list) that will be contextually
2867/// converted to bool.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002868void Sema::AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys,
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002869 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00002870 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002871 bool IsAssignmentOperator,
2872 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments) {
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002873 // Add this candidate
2874 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
2875 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
2876 Candidate.Function = 0;
Douglas Gregor1d248c52008-12-12 02:00:36 +00002877 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002878 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002879 Candidate.BuiltinTypes.ResultTy = ResultTy;
2880 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
2881 Candidate.BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[ArgIdx] = ParamTys[ArgIdx];
2882
2883 // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
2884 // arguments.
2885 Candidate.Viable = true;
2886 Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs);
2887 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00002888 // C++ [over.match.oper]p4:
2889 // For the built-in assignment operators, conversions of the
2890 // left operand are restricted as follows:
2891 // -- no temporaries are introduced to hold the left operand, and
2892 // -- no user-defined conversions are applied to the left
2893 // operand to achieve a type match with the left-most
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002894 // parameter of a built-in candidate.
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00002895 //
2896 // We block these conversions by turning off user-defined
2897 // conversions, since that is the only way that initialization of
2898 // a reference to a non-class type can occur from something that
2899 // is not of the same type.
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002900 if (ArgIdx < NumContextualBoolArguments) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002901 assert(ParamTys[ArgIdx] == Context.BoolTy &&
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002902 "Contextual conversion to bool requires bool type");
2903 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx] = TryContextuallyConvertToBool(Args[ArgIdx]);
2904 } else {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002905 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx]
2906 = TryCopyInitialization(Args[ArgIdx], ParamTys[ArgIdx],
Anders Carlsson03068aa2009-08-27 17:18:13 +00002907 ArgIdx == 0 && IsAssignmentOperator,
Anders Carlsson20d13322009-08-27 17:37:39 +00002908 /*ForceRValue=*/false,
2909 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002910 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002911 if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002912 == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) {
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002913 Candidate.Viable = false;
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002914 break;
2915 }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002916 }
2917}
2918
2919/// BuiltinCandidateTypeSet - A set of types that will be used for the
2920/// candidate operator functions for built-in operators (C++
2921/// [over.built]). The types are separated into pointer types and
2922/// enumeration types.
2923class BuiltinCandidateTypeSet {
2924 /// TypeSet - A set of types.
Chris Lattnera59a3e22009-03-29 00:04:01 +00002925 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> TypeSet;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002926
2927 /// PointerTypes - The set of pointer types that will be used in the
2928 /// built-in candidates.
2929 TypeSet PointerTypes;
2930
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00002931 /// MemberPointerTypes - The set of member pointer types that will be
2932 /// used in the built-in candidates.
2933 TypeSet MemberPointerTypes;
2934
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002935 /// EnumerationTypes - The set of enumeration types that will be
2936 /// used in the built-in candidates.
2937 TypeSet EnumerationTypes;
2938
Douglas Gregor8a2e6012009-08-24 15:23:48 +00002939 /// Sema - The semantic analysis instance where we are building the
2940 /// candidate type set.
2941 Sema &SemaRef;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002942
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002943 /// Context - The AST context in which we will build the type sets.
2944 ASTContext &Context;
2945
Fariborz Jahanianb06ec052009-10-16 22:08:05 +00002946 bool AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty,
2947 const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals);
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00002948 bool AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002949
2950public:
2951 /// iterator - Iterates through the types that are part of the set.
Chris Lattnera59a3e22009-03-29 00:04:01 +00002952 typedef TypeSet::iterator iterator;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002953
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002954 BuiltinCandidateTypeSet(Sema &SemaRef)
Douglas Gregor8a2e6012009-08-24 15:23:48 +00002955 : SemaRef(SemaRef), Context(SemaRef.Context) { }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002956
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00002957 void AddTypesConvertedFrom(QualType Ty,
2958 SourceLocation Loc,
2959 bool AllowUserConversions,
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00002960 bool AllowExplicitConversions,
2961 const Qualifiers &VisibleTypeConversionsQuals);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002962
2963 /// pointer_begin - First pointer type found;
2964 iterator pointer_begin() { return PointerTypes.begin(); }
2965
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00002966 /// pointer_end - Past the last pointer type found;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002967 iterator pointer_end() { return PointerTypes.end(); }
2968
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00002969 /// member_pointer_begin - First member pointer type found;
2970 iterator member_pointer_begin() { return MemberPointerTypes.begin(); }
2971
2972 /// member_pointer_end - Past the last member pointer type found;
2973 iterator member_pointer_end() { return MemberPointerTypes.end(); }
2974
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002975 /// enumeration_begin - First enumeration type found;
2976 iterator enumeration_begin() { return EnumerationTypes.begin(); }
2977
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00002978 /// enumeration_end - Past the last enumeration type found;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002979 iterator enumeration_end() { return EnumerationTypes.end(); }
2980};
2981
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00002982/// AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants - Add the pointer type @p Ty to
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002983/// the set of pointer types along with any more-qualified variants of
2984/// that type. For example, if @p Ty is "int const *", this routine
2985/// will add "int const *", "int const volatile *", "int const
2986/// restrict *", and "int const volatile restrict *" to the set of
2987/// pointer types. Returns true if the add of @p Ty itself succeeded,
2988/// false otherwise.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002989///
2990/// FIXME: what to do about extended qualifiers?
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00002991bool
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00002992BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty,
2993 const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002994
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002995 // Insert this type.
Chris Lattnera59a3e22009-03-29 00:04:01 +00002996 if (!PointerTypes.insert(Ty))
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002997 return false;
2998
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002999 const PointerType *PointerTy = Ty->getAs<PointerType>();
3000 assert(PointerTy && "type was not a pointer type!");
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003001
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003002 QualType PointeeTy = PointerTy->getPointeeType();
3003 unsigned BaseCVR = PointeeTy.getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor4ef1d402009-11-09 22:08:55 +00003004 if (const ConstantArrayType *Array =Context.getAsConstantArrayType(PointeeTy))
Fariborz Jahanianfacfdd42009-11-09 21:02:05 +00003005 BaseCVR = Array->getElementType().getCVRQualifiers();
Fariborz Jahanianb06ec052009-10-16 22:08:05 +00003006 bool hasVolatile = VisibleQuals.hasVolatile();
3007 bool hasRestrict = VisibleQuals.hasRestrict();
3008
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003009 // Iterate through all strict supersets of BaseCVR.
3010 for (unsigned CVR = BaseCVR+1; CVR <= Qualifiers::CVRMask; ++CVR) {
3011 if ((CVR | BaseCVR) != CVR) continue;
Fariborz Jahanianb06ec052009-10-16 22:08:05 +00003012 // Skip over Volatile/Restrict if no Volatile/Restrict found anywhere
3013 // in the types.
3014 if ((CVR & Qualifiers::Volatile) && !hasVolatile) continue;
3015 if ((CVR & Qualifiers::Restrict) && !hasRestrict) continue;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003016 QualType QPointeeTy = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(PointeeTy, CVR);
3017 PointerTypes.insert(Context.getPointerType(QPointeeTy));
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003018 }
3019
3020 return true;
3021}
3022
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003023/// AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants - Add the pointer type @p Ty
3024/// to the set of pointer types along with any more-qualified variants of
3025/// that type. For example, if @p Ty is "int const *", this routine
3026/// will add "int const *", "int const volatile *", "int const
3027/// restrict *", and "int const volatile restrict *" to the set of
3028/// pointer types. Returns true if the add of @p Ty itself succeeded,
3029/// false otherwise.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003030///
3031/// FIXME: what to do about extended qualifiers?
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003032bool
3033BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(
3034 QualType Ty) {
3035 // Insert this type.
3036 if (!MemberPointerTypes.insert(Ty))
3037 return false;
3038
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003039 const MemberPointerType *PointerTy = Ty->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
3040 assert(PointerTy && "type was not a member pointer type!");
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003041
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003042 QualType PointeeTy = PointerTy->getPointeeType();
3043 const Type *ClassTy = PointerTy->getClass();
3044
3045 // Iterate through all strict supersets of the pointee type's CVR
3046 // qualifiers.
3047 unsigned BaseCVR = PointeeTy.getCVRQualifiers();
3048 for (unsigned CVR = BaseCVR+1; CVR <= Qualifiers::CVRMask; ++CVR) {
3049 if ((CVR | BaseCVR) != CVR) continue;
3050
3051 QualType QPointeeTy = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(PointeeTy, CVR);
3052 MemberPointerTypes.insert(Context.getMemberPointerType(QPointeeTy, ClassTy));
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003053 }
3054
3055 return true;
3056}
3057
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003058/// AddTypesConvertedFrom - Add each of the types to which the type @p
3059/// Ty can be implicit converted to the given set of @p Types. We're
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003060/// primarily interested in pointer types and enumeration types. We also
3061/// take member pointer types, for the conditional operator.
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003062/// AllowUserConversions is true if we should look at the conversion
3063/// functions of a class type, and AllowExplicitConversions if we
3064/// should also include the explicit conversion functions of a class
3065/// type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003066void
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003067BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddTypesConvertedFrom(QualType Ty,
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003068 SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003069 bool AllowUserConversions,
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003070 bool AllowExplicitConversions,
3071 const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals) {
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003072 // Only deal with canonical types.
3073 Ty = Context.getCanonicalType(Ty);
3074
3075 // Look through reference types; they aren't part of the type of an
3076 // expression for the purposes of conversions.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003077 if (const ReferenceType *RefTy = Ty->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003078 Ty = RefTy->getPointeeType();
3079
3080 // We don't care about qualifiers on the type.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003081 Ty = Ty.getLocalUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003082
Sebastian Redl65ae2002009-11-05 16:36:20 +00003083 // If we're dealing with an array type, decay to the pointer.
3084 if (Ty->isArrayType())
3085 Ty = SemaRef.Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty);
3086
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003087 if (const PointerType *PointerTy = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003088 QualType PointeeTy = PointerTy->getPointeeType();
3089
3090 // Insert our type, and its more-qualified variants, into the set
3091 // of types.
Fariborz Jahanianb06ec052009-10-16 22:08:05 +00003092 if (!AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(Ty, VisibleQuals))
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003093 return;
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003094 } else if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
3095 // Member pointers are far easier, since the pointee can't be converted.
3096 if (!AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(Ty))
3097 return;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003098 } else if (Ty->isEnumeralType()) {
Chris Lattnera59a3e22009-03-29 00:04:01 +00003099 EnumerationTypes.insert(Ty);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003100 } else if (AllowUserConversions) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003101 if (const RecordType *TyRec = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003102 if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteType(Loc, Ty, 0)) {
Douglas Gregor8a2e6012009-08-24 15:23:48 +00003103 // No conversion functions in incomplete types.
3104 return;
3105 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003106
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003107 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TyRec->getDecl());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003108 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Conversions
Fariborz Jahanianae01f782009-10-07 17:26:09 +00003109 = ClassDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003110 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator Func
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003111 = Conversions->function_begin();
3112 Func != Conversions->function_end(); ++Func) {
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003113 CXXConversionDecl *Conv;
3114 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate;
3115 GetFunctionAndTemplate(*Func, Conv, ConvTemplate);
3116
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003117 // Skip conversion function templates; they don't tell us anything
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003118 // about which builtin types we can convert to.
3119 if (ConvTemplate)
3120 continue;
3121
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003122 if (AllowExplicitConversions || !Conv->isExplicit()) {
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003123 AddTypesConvertedFrom(Conv->getConversionType(), Loc, false, false,
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003124 VisibleQuals);
3125 }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003126 }
3127 }
3128 }
3129}
3130
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003131/// \brief Helper function for AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates() that adds
3132/// the volatile- and non-volatile-qualified assignment operators for the
3133/// given type to the candidate set.
3134static void AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(Sema &S,
3135 QualType T,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003136 Expr **Args,
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003137 unsigned NumArgs,
3138 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) {
3139 QualType ParamTypes[2];
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003140
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003141 // T& operator=(T&, T)
3142 ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
3143 ParamTypes[1] = T;
3144 S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3145 /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003146
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003147 if (!S.Context.getCanonicalType(T).isVolatileQualified()) {
3148 // volatile T& operator=(volatile T&, T)
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003149 ParamTypes[0]
3150 = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(S.Context.getVolatileType(T));
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003151 ParamTypes[1] = T;
3152 S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003153 /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true);
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003154 }
3155}
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003156
Sebastian Redl1054fae2009-10-25 17:03:50 +00003157/// CollectVRQualifiers - This routine returns Volatile/Restrict qualifiers,
3158/// if any, found in visible type conversion functions found in ArgExpr's type.
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003159static Qualifiers CollectVRQualifiers(ASTContext &Context, Expr* ArgExpr) {
3160 Qualifiers VRQuals;
3161 const RecordType *TyRec;
3162 if (const MemberPointerType *RHSMPType =
3163 ArgExpr->getType()->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
3164 TyRec = cast<RecordType>(RHSMPType->getClass());
3165 else
3166 TyRec = ArgExpr->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
3167 if (!TyRec) {
Fariborz Jahanianb06ec052009-10-16 22:08:05 +00003168 // Just to be safe, assume the worst case.
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003169 VRQuals.addVolatile();
3170 VRQuals.addRestrict();
3171 return VRQuals;
3172 }
3173
3174 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TyRec->getDecl());
3175 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Conversions =
Sebastian Redl1054fae2009-10-25 17:03:50 +00003176 ClassDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003177
3178 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator Func
3179 = Conversions->function_begin();
3180 Func != Conversions->function_end(); ++Func) {
3181 if (CXXConversionDecl *Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(*Func)) {
3182 QualType CanTy = Context.getCanonicalType(Conv->getConversionType());
3183 if (const ReferenceType *ResTypeRef = CanTy->getAs<ReferenceType>())
3184 CanTy = ResTypeRef->getPointeeType();
3185 // Need to go down the pointer/mempointer chain and add qualifiers
3186 // as see them.
3187 bool done = false;
3188 while (!done) {
3189 if (const PointerType *ResTypePtr = CanTy->getAs<PointerType>())
3190 CanTy = ResTypePtr->getPointeeType();
3191 else if (const MemberPointerType *ResTypeMPtr =
3192 CanTy->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
3193 CanTy = ResTypeMPtr->getPointeeType();
3194 else
3195 done = true;
3196 if (CanTy.isVolatileQualified())
3197 VRQuals.addVolatile();
3198 if (CanTy.isRestrictQualified())
3199 VRQuals.addRestrict();
3200 if (VRQuals.hasRestrict() && VRQuals.hasVolatile())
3201 return VRQuals;
3202 }
3203 }
3204 }
3205 return VRQuals;
3206}
3207
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003208/// AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates - Add the appropriate built-in
3209/// operator overloads to the candidate set (C++ [over.built]), based
3210/// on the operator @p Op and the arguments given. For example, if the
3211/// operator is a binary '+', this routine might add "int
3212/// operator+(int, int)" to cover integer addition.
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003213void
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003214Sema::AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003215 SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003216 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3217 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet) {
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003218 // The set of "promoted arithmetic types", which are the arithmetic
3219 // types are that preserved by promotion (C++ [over.built]p2). Note
3220 // that the first few of these types are the promoted integral
3221 // types; these types need to be first.
3222 // FIXME: What about complex?
3223 const unsigned FirstIntegralType = 0;
3224 const unsigned LastIntegralType = 13;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003225 const unsigned FirstPromotedIntegralType = 7,
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003226 LastPromotedIntegralType = 13;
3227 const unsigned FirstPromotedArithmeticType = 7,
3228 LastPromotedArithmeticType = 16;
3229 const unsigned NumArithmeticTypes = 16;
3230 QualType ArithmeticTypes[NumArithmeticTypes] = {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003231 Context.BoolTy, Context.CharTy, Context.WCharTy,
3232// FIXME: Context.Char16Ty, Context.Char32Ty,
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003233 Context.SignedCharTy, Context.ShortTy,
3234 Context.UnsignedCharTy, Context.UnsignedShortTy,
3235 Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy,
3236 Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, Context.UnsignedLongLongTy,
3237 Context.FloatTy, Context.DoubleTy, Context.LongDoubleTy
3238 };
Douglas Gregorb8440a72009-10-21 22:01:30 +00003239 assert(ArithmeticTypes[FirstPromotedIntegralType] == Context.IntTy &&
3240 "Invalid first promoted integral type");
3241 assert(ArithmeticTypes[LastPromotedIntegralType - 1]
3242 == Context.UnsignedLongLongTy &&
3243 "Invalid last promoted integral type");
3244 assert(ArithmeticTypes[FirstPromotedArithmeticType] == Context.IntTy &&
3245 "Invalid first promoted arithmetic type");
3246 assert(ArithmeticTypes[LastPromotedArithmeticType - 1]
3247 == Context.LongDoubleTy &&
3248 "Invalid last promoted arithmetic type");
3249
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003250 // Find all of the types that the arguments can convert to, but only
3251 // if the operator we're looking at has built-in operator candidates
3252 // that make use of these types.
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003253 Qualifiers VisibleTypeConversionsQuals;
3254 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.addConst();
Fariborz Jahanianb9e8c422009-10-19 21:30:45 +00003255 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
3256 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals += CollectVRQualifiers(Context, Args[ArgIdx]);
3257
Douglas Gregor8a2e6012009-08-24 15:23:48 +00003258 BuiltinCandidateTypeSet CandidateTypes(*this);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003259 if (Op == OO_Less || Op == OO_Greater || Op == OO_LessEqual ||
3260 Op == OO_GreaterEqual || Op == OO_EqualEqual || Op == OO_ExclaimEqual ||
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003261 Op == OO_Plus || (Op == OO_Minus && NumArgs == 2) || Op == OO_Equal ||
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003262 Op == OO_PlusEqual || Op == OO_MinusEqual || Op == OO_Subscript ||
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003263 Op == OO_ArrowStar || Op == OO_PlusPlus || Op == OO_MinusMinus ||
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003264 (Op == OO_Star && NumArgs == 1) || Op == OO_Conditional) {
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003265 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003266 CandidateTypes.AddTypesConvertedFrom(Args[ArgIdx]->getType(),
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003267 OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003268 true,
3269 (Op == OO_Exclaim ||
3270 Op == OO_AmpAmp ||
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003271 Op == OO_PipePipe),
3272 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003273 }
3274
3275 bool isComparison = false;
3276 switch (Op) {
3277 case OO_None:
3278 case NUM_OVERLOADED_OPERATORS:
3279 assert(false && "Expected an overloaded operator");
3280 break;
3281
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003282 case OO_Star: // '*' is either unary or binary
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003283 if (NumArgs == 1)
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003284 goto UnaryStar;
3285 else
3286 goto BinaryStar;
3287 break;
3288
3289 case OO_Plus: // '+' is either unary or binary
3290 if (NumArgs == 1)
3291 goto UnaryPlus;
3292 else
3293 goto BinaryPlus;
3294 break;
3295
3296 case OO_Minus: // '-' is either unary or binary
3297 if (NumArgs == 1)
3298 goto UnaryMinus;
3299 else
3300 goto BinaryMinus;
3301 break;
3302
3303 case OO_Amp: // '&' is either unary or binary
3304 if (NumArgs == 1)
3305 goto UnaryAmp;
3306 else
3307 goto BinaryAmp;
3308
3309 case OO_PlusPlus:
3310 case OO_MinusMinus:
3311 // C++ [over.built]p3:
3312 //
3313 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an arithmetic type, and VQ
3314 // is either volatile or empty, there exist candidate operator
3315 // functions of the form
3316 //
3317 // VQ T& operator++(VQ T&);
3318 // T operator++(VQ T&, int);
3319 //
3320 // C++ [over.built]p4:
3321 //
3322 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an arithmetic type other
3323 // than bool, and VQ is either volatile or empty, there exist
3324 // candidate operator functions of the form
3325 //
3326 // VQ T& operator--(VQ T&);
3327 // T operator--(VQ T&, int);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003328 for (unsigned Arith = (Op == OO_PlusPlus? 0 : 1);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003329 Arith < NumArithmeticTypes; ++Arith) {
3330 QualType ArithTy = ArithmeticTypes[Arith];
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003331 QualType ParamTypes[2]
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003332 = { Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArithTy), Context.IntTy };
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003333
3334 // Non-volatile version.
3335 if (NumArgs == 1)
3336 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3337 else
3338 AddBuiltinCandidate(ArithTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003339 // heuristic to reduce number of builtin candidates in the set.
3340 // Add volatile version only if there are conversions to a volatile type.
3341 if (VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
3342 // Volatile version
3343 ParamTypes[0]
3344 = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Context.getVolatileType(ArithTy));
3345 if (NumArgs == 1)
3346 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3347 else
3348 AddBuiltinCandidate(ArithTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3349 }
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003350 }
3351
3352 // C++ [over.built]p5:
3353 //
3354 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is a cv-qualified or
3355 // cv-unqualified object type, and VQ is either volatile or
3356 // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
3357 //
3358 // T*VQ& operator++(T*VQ&);
3359 // T*VQ& operator--(T*VQ&);
3360 // T* operator++(T*VQ&, int);
3361 // T* operator--(T*VQ&, int);
3362 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3363 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3364 // Skip pointer types that aren't pointers to object types.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003365 if (!(*Ptr)->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isObjectType())
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003366 continue;
3367
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003368 QualType ParamTypes[2] = {
3369 Context.getLValueReferenceType(*Ptr), Context.IntTy
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003370 };
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003371
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003372 // Without volatile
3373 if (NumArgs == 1)
3374 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3375 else
3376 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3377
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003378 if (!Context.getCanonicalType(*Ptr).isVolatileQualified() &&
3379 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003380 // With volatile
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003381 ParamTypes[0]
3382 = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Context.getVolatileType(*Ptr));
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003383 if (NumArgs == 1)
3384 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3385 else
3386 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3387 }
3388 }
3389 break;
3390
3391 UnaryStar:
3392 // C++ [over.built]p6:
3393 // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T, there
3394 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
3395 //
3396 // T& operator*(T*);
3397 //
3398 // C++ [over.built]p7:
3399 // For every function type T, there exist candidate operator
3400 // functions of the form
3401 // T& operator*(T*);
3402 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3403 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3404 QualType ParamTy = *Ptr;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003405 QualType PointeeTy = ParamTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003406 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.getLValueReferenceType(PointeeTy),
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003407 &ParamTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3408 }
3409 break;
3410
3411 UnaryPlus:
3412 // C++ [over.built]p8:
3413 // For every type T, there exist candidate operator functions of
3414 // the form
3415 //
3416 // T* operator+(T*);
3417 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3418 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3419 QualType ParamTy = *Ptr;
3420 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTy, &ParamTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3421 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003422
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003423 // Fall through
3424
3425 UnaryMinus:
3426 // C++ [over.built]p9:
3427 // For every promoted arithmetic type T, there exist candidate
3428 // operator functions of the form
3429 //
3430 // T operator+(T);
3431 // T operator-(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003432 for (unsigned Arith = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003433 Arith < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Arith) {
3434 QualType ArithTy = ArithmeticTypes[Arith];
3435 AddBuiltinCandidate(ArithTy, &ArithTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3436 }
3437 break;
3438
3439 case OO_Tilde:
3440 // C++ [over.built]p10:
3441 // For every promoted integral type T, there exist candidate
3442 // operator functions of the form
3443 //
3444 // T operator~(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003445 for (unsigned Int = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003446 Int < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Int) {
3447 QualType IntTy = ArithmeticTypes[Int];
3448 AddBuiltinCandidate(IntTy, &IntTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3449 }
3450 break;
3451
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003452 case OO_New:
3453 case OO_Delete:
3454 case OO_Array_New:
3455 case OO_Array_Delete:
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003456 case OO_Call:
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003457 assert(false && "Special operators don't use AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates");
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003458 break;
3459
3460 case OO_Comma:
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003461 UnaryAmp:
3462 case OO_Arrow:
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003463 // C++ [over.match.oper]p3:
3464 // -- For the operator ',', the unary operator '&', or the
3465 // operator '->', the built-in candidates set is empty.
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003466 break;
3467
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003468 case OO_EqualEqual:
3469 case OO_ExclaimEqual:
3470 // C++ [over.match.oper]p16:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003471 // For every pointer to member type T, there exist candidate operator
3472 // functions of the form
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003473 //
3474 // bool operator==(T,T);
3475 // bool operator!=(T,T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003476 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003477 MemPtr = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_begin(),
3478 MemPtrEnd = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_end();
3479 MemPtr != MemPtrEnd;
3480 ++MemPtr) {
3481 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *MemPtr, *MemPtr };
3482 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3483 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003484
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003485 // Fall through
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003486
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003487 case OO_Less:
3488 case OO_Greater:
3489 case OO_LessEqual:
3490 case OO_GreaterEqual:
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003491 // C++ [over.built]p15:
3492 //
3493 // For every pointer or enumeration type T, there exist
3494 // candidate operator functions of the form
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003495 //
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003496 // bool operator<(T, T);
3497 // bool operator>(T, T);
3498 // bool operator<=(T, T);
3499 // bool operator>=(T, T);
3500 // bool operator==(T, T);
3501 // bool operator!=(T, T);
3502 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3503 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3504 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *Ptr };
3505 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3506 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003507 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Enum
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003508 = CandidateTypes.enumeration_begin();
3509 Enum != CandidateTypes.enumeration_end(); ++Enum) {
3510 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Enum, *Enum };
3511 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3512 }
3513
3514 // Fall through.
3515 isComparison = true;
3516
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003517 BinaryPlus:
3518 BinaryMinus:
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003519 if (!isComparison) {
3520 // We didn't fall through, so we must have OO_Plus or OO_Minus.
3521
3522 // C++ [over.built]p13:
3523 //
3524 // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T
3525 // there exist candidate operator functions of the form
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003526 //
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003527 // T* operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t);
3528 // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t); [BELOW]
3529 // T* operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t);
3530 // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*);
3531 // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*); [BELOW]
3532 //
3533 // C++ [over.built]p14:
3534 //
3535 // For every T, where T is a pointer to object type, there
3536 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
3537 //
3538 // ptrdiff_t operator-(T, T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003539 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003540 = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3541 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3542 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, Context.getPointerDiffType() };
3543
3544 // operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t) or operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t)
3545 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3546
3547 if (Op == OO_Plus) {
3548 // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*);
3549 ParamTypes[0] = ParamTypes[1];
3550 ParamTypes[1] = *Ptr;
3551 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3552 } else {
3553 // ptrdiff_t operator-(T, T);
3554 ParamTypes[1] = *Ptr;
3555 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.getPointerDiffType(), ParamTypes,
3556 Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3557 }
3558 }
3559 }
3560 // Fall through
3561
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003562 case OO_Slash:
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003563 BinaryStar:
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003564 Conditional:
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003565 // C++ [over.built]p12:
3566 //
3567 // For every pair of promoted arithmetic types L and R, there
3568 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
3569 //
3570 // LR operator*(L, R);
3571 // LR operator/(L, R);
3572 // LR operator+(L, R);
3573 // LR operator-(L, R);
3574 // bool operator<(L, R);
3575 // bool operator>(L, R);
3576 // bool operator<=(L, R);
3577 // bool operator>=(L, R);
3578 // bool operator==(L, R);
3579 // bool operator!=(L, R);
3580 //
3581 // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions
3582 // between types L and R.
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003583 //
3584 // C++ [over.built]p24:
3585 //
3586 // For every pair of promoted arithmetic types L and R, there exist
3587 // candidate operator functions of the form
3588 //
3589 // LR operator?(bool, L, R);
3590 //
3591 // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions
3592 // between types L and R.
3593 // Our candidates ignore the first parameter.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003594 for (unsigned Left = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003595 Left < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Left) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003596 for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003597 Right < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Right) {
3598 QualType LandR[2] = { ArithmeticTypes[Left], ArithmeticTypes[Right] };
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00003599 QualType Result
3600 = isComparison
3601 ? Context.BoolTy
3602 : Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(LandR[0], LandR[1]);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003603 AddBuiltinCandidate(Result, LandR, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3604 }
3605 }
3606 break;
3607
3608 case OO_Percent:
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003609 BinaryAmp:
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003610 case OO_Caret:
3611 case OO_Pipe:
3612 case OO_LessLess:
3613 case OO_GreaterGreater:
3614 // C++ [over.built]p17:
3615 //
3616 // For every pair of promoted integral types L and R, there
3617 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
3618 //
3619 // LR operator%(L, R);
3620 // LR operator&(L, R);
3621 // LR operator^(L, R);
3622 // LR operator|(L, R);
3623 // L operator<<(L, R);
3624 // L operator>>(L, R);
3625 //
3626 // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions
3627 // between types L and R.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003628 for (unsigned Left = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003629 Left < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Left) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003630 for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003631 Right < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Right) {
3632 QualType LandR[2] = { ArithmeticTypes[Left], ArithmeticTypes[Right] };
3633 QualType Result = (Op == OO_LessLess || Op == OO_GreaterGreater)
3634 ? LandR[0]
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00003635 : Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(LandR[0], LandR[1]);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003636 AddBuiltinCandidate(Result, LandR, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3637 }
3638 }
3639 break;
3640
3641 case OO_Equal:
3642 // C++ [over.built]p20:
3643 //
3644 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an enumeration or
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003645 // pointer to member type and VQ is either volatile or
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003646 // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
3647 //
3648 // VQ T& operator=(VQ T&, T);
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003649 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
3650 Enum = CandidateTypes.enumeration_begin(),
3651 EnumEnd = CandidateTypes.enumeration_end();
3652 Enum != EnumEnd; ++Enum)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003653 AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(*this, *Enum, Args, 2,
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003654 CandidateSet);
3655 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
3656 MemPtr = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_begin(),
3657 MemPtrEnd = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_end();
3658 MemPtr != MemPtrEnd; ++MemPtr)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003659 AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(*this, *MemPtr, Args, 2,
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003660 CandidateSet);
3661 // Fall through.
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003662
3663 case OO_PlusEqual:
3664 case OO_MinusEqual:
3665 // C++ [over.built]p19:
3666 //
3667 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is any type and VQ is either
3668 // volatile or empty, there exist candidate operator functions
3669 // of the form
3670 //
3671 // T*VQ& operator=(T*VQ&, T*);
3672 //
3673 // C++ [over.built]p21:
3674 //
3675 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is a cv-qualified or
3676 // cv-unqualified object type and VQ is either volatile or
3677 // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
3678 //
3679 // T*VQ& operator+=(T*VQ&, ptrdiff_t);
3680 // T*VQ& operator-=(T*VQ&, ptrdiff_t);
3681 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3682 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3683 QualType ParamTypes[2];
3684 ParamTypes[1] = (Op == OO_Equal)? *Ptr : Context.getPointerDiffType();
3685
3686 // non-volatile version
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003687 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(*Ptr);
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003688 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3689 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003690
Fariborz Jahanianb9e8c422009-10-19 21:30:45 +00003691 if (!Context.getCanonicalType(*Ptr).isVolatileQualified() &&
3692 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003693 // volatile version
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003694 ParamTypes[0]
3695 = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Context.getVolatileType(*Ptr));
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003696 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3697 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003698 }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003699 }
3700 // Fall through.
3701
3702 case OO_StarEqual:
3703 case OO_SlashEqual:
3704 // C++ [over.built]p18:
3705 //
3706 // For every triple (L, VQ, R), where L is an arithmetic type,
3707 // VQ is either volatile or empty, and R is a promoted
3708 // arithmetic type, there exist candidate operator functions of
3709 // the form
3710 //
3711 // VQ L& operator=(VQ L&, R);
3712 // VQ L& operator*=(VQ L&, R);
3713 // VQ L& operator/=(VQ L&, R);
3714 // VQ L& operator+=(VQ L&, R);
3715 // VQ L& operator-=(VQ L&, R);
3716 for (unsigned Left = 0; Left < NumArithmeticTypes; ++Left) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003717 for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003718 Right < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Right) {
3719 QualType ParamTypes[2];
3720 ParamTypes[1] = ArithmeticTypes[Right];
3721
3722 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is empty).
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003723 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArithmeticTypes[Left]);
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003724 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3725 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003726
3727 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is 'volatile').
Fariborz Jahanianb9e8c422009-10-19 21:30:45 +00003728 if (VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
3729 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getVolatileType(ArithmeticTypes[Left]);
3730 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ParamTypes[0]);
3731 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3732 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
3733 }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003734 }
3735 }
3736 break;
3737
3738 case OO_PercentEqual:
3739 case OO_LessLessEqual:
3740 case OO_GreaterGreaterEqual:
3741 case OO_AmpEqual:
3742 case OO_CaretEqual:
3743 case OO_PipeEqual:
3744 // C++ [over.built]p22:
3745 //
3746 // For every triple (L, VQ, R), where L is an integral type, VQ
3747 // is either volatile or empty, and R is a promoted integral
3748 // type, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
3749 //
3750 // VQ L& operator%=(VQ L&, R);
3751 // VQ L& operator<<=(VQ L&, R);
3752 // VQ L& operator>>=(VQ L&, R);
3753 // VQ L& operator&=(VQ L&, R);
3754 // VQ L& operator^=(VQ L&, R);
3755 // VQ L& operator|=(VQ L&, R);
3756 for (unsigned Left = FirstIntegralType; Left < LastIntegralType; ++Left) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003757 for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003758 Right < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Right) {
3759 QualType ParamTypes[2];
3760 ParamTypes[1] = ArithmeticTypes[Right];
3761
3762 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is empty).
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003763 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArithmeticTypes[Left]);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003764 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Fariborz Jahaniana4a93342009-10-20 00:04:40 +00003765 if (VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
3766 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is 'volatile').
3767 ParamTypes[0] = ArithmeticTypes[Left];
3768 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getVolatileType(ParamTypes[0]);
3769 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ParamTypes[0]);
3770 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3771 }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003772 }
3773 }
3774 break;
3775
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003776 case OO_Exclaim: {
3777 // C++ [over.operator]p23:
3778 //
3779 // There also exist candidate operator functions of the form
3780 //
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003781 // bool operator!(bool);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003782 // bool operator&&(bool, bool); [BELOW]
3783 // bool operator||(bool, bool); [BELOW]
3784 QualType ParamTy = Context.BoolTy;
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003785 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTy, &ParamTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet,
3786 /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/false,
3787 /*NumContextualBoolArguments=*/1);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003788 break;
3789 }
3790
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003791 case OO_AmpAmp:
3792 case OO_PipePipe: {
3793 // C++ [over.operator]p23:
3794 //
3795 // There also exist candidate operator functions of the form
3796 //
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003797 // bool operator!(bool); [ABOVE]
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003798 // bool operator&&(bool, bool);
3799 // bool operator||(bool, bool);
3800 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { Context.BoolTy, Context.BoolTy };
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003801 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3802 /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/false,
3803 /*NumContextualBoolArguments=*/2);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003804 break;
3805 }
3806
3807 case OO_Subscript:
3808 // C++ [over.built]p13:
3809 //
3810 // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T there
3811 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003812 //
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003813 // T* operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t); [ABOVE]
3814 // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t);
3815 // T* operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t); [ABOVE]
3816 // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*); [ABOVE]
3817 // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*);
3818 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3819 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3820 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, Context.getPointerDiffType() };
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003821 QualType PointeeType = (*Ptr)->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003822 QualType ResultTy = Context.getLValueReferenceType(PointeeType);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003823
3824 // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t)
3825 AddBuiltinCandidate(ResultTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3826
3827 // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*);
3828 ParamTypes[0] = ParamTypes[1];
3829 ParamTypes[1] = *Ptr;
3830 AddBuiltinCandidate(ResultTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3831 }
3832 break;
3833
3834 case OO_ArrowStar:
Fariborz Jahanian34d93dc2009-10-06 23:08:05 +00003835 // C++ [over.built]p11:
3836 // For every quintuple (C1, C2, T, CV1, CV2), where C2 is a class type,
3837 // C1 is the same type as C2 or is a derived class of C2, T is an object
3838 // type or a function type, and CV1 and CV2 are cv-qualifier-seqs,
3839 // there exist candidate operator functions of the form
3840 // CV12 T& operator->*(CV1 C1*, CV2 T C2::*);
3841 // where CV12 is the union of CV1 and CV2.
3842 {
3843 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr =
3844 CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3845 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3846 QualType C1Ty = (*Ptr);
3847 QualType C1;
Fariborz Jahanian4dc12462009-10-09 16:34:40 +00003848 QualifierCollector Q1;
Fariborz Jahanian34d93dc2009-10-06 23:08:05 +00003849 if (const PointerType *PointerTy = C1Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian4dc12462009-10-09 16:34:40 +00003850 C1 = QualType(Q1.strip(PointerTy->getPointeeType()), 0);
Fariborz Jahanian34d93dc2009-10-06 23:08:05 +00003851 if (!isa<RecordType>(C1))
3852 continue;
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003853 // heuristic to reduce number of builtin candidates in the set.
3854 // Add volatile/restrict version only if there are conversions to a
3855 // volatile/restrict type.
3856 if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile() && Q1.hasVolatile())
3857 continue;
3858 if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict() && Q1.hasRestrict())
3859 continue;
Fariborz Jahanian34d93dc2009-10-06 23:08:05 +00003860 }
3861 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
3862 MemPtr = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_begin(),
3863 MemPtrEnd = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_end();
3864 MemPtr != MemPtrEnd; ++MemPtr) {
3865 const MemberPointerType *mptr = cast<MemberPointerType>(*MemPtr);
3866 QualType C2 = QualType(mptr->getClass(), 0);
Fariborz Jahanian12df37c2009-10-07 16:56:50 +00003867 C2 = C2.getUnqualifiedType();
Fariborz Jahanian34d93dc2009-10-06 23:08:05 +00003868 if (C1 != C2 && !IsDerivedFrom(C1, C2))
3869 break;
3870 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *MemPtr };
3871 // build CV12 T&
3872 QualType T = mptr->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003873 if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile() &&
3874 T.isVolatileQualified())
3875 continue;
3876 if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict() &&
3877 T.isRestrictQualified())
3878 continue;
Fariborz Jahanian4dc12462009-10-09 16:34:40 +00003879 T = Q1.apply(T);
Fariborz Jahanian34d93dc2009-10-06 23:08:05 +00003880 QualType ResultTy = Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
3881 AddBuiltinCandidate(ResultTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3882 }
3883 }
3884 }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003885 break;
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003886
3887 case OO_Conditional:
3888 // Note that we don't consider the first argument, since it has been
3889 // contextually converted to bool long ago. The candidates below are
3890 // therefore added as binary.
3891 //
3892 // C++ [over.built]p24:
3893 // For every type T, where T is a pointer or pointer-to-member type,
3894 // there exist candidate operator functions of the form
3895 //
3896 // T operator?(bool, T, T);
3897 //
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003898 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin(),
3899 E = CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); Ptr != E; ++Ptr) {
3900 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *Ptr };
3901 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3902 }
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003903 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr =
3904 CandidateTypes.member_pointer_begin(),
3905 E = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_end(); Ptr != E; ++Ptr) {
3906 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *Ptr };
3907 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3908 }
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003909 goto Conditional;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003910 }
3911}
3912
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003913/// \brief Add function candidates found via argument-dependent lookup
3914/// to the set of overloading candidates.
3915///
3916/// This routine performs argument-dependent name lookup based on the
3917/// given function name (which may also be an operator name) and adds
3918/// all of the overload candidates found by ADL to the overload
3919/// candidate set (C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003920void
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003921Sema::AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name,
3922 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003923 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00003924 const TemplateArgumentLoc *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003925 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
3926 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
3927 bool PartialOverloading) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003928 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003929
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003930 // FIXME: Should we be trafficking in canonical function decls throughout?
3931
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003932 // Record all of the function candidates that we've already
3933 // added to the overload set, so that we don't add those same
3934 // candidates a second time.
3935 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin(),
3936 CandEnd = CandidateSet.end();
3937 Cand != CandEnd; ++Cand)
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00003938 if (Cand->Function) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003939 Functions.insert(Cand->Function);
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00003940 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = Cand->Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
3941 Functions.insert(FunTmpl);
3942 }
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003943
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003944 // FIXME: Pass in the explicit template arguments?
Sebastian Redlc057f422009-10-23 19:23:15 +00003945 ArgumentDependentLookup(Name, /*Operator*/false, Args, NumArgs, Functions);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003946
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003947 // Erase all of the candidates we already knew about.
3948 // FIXME: This is suboptimal. Is there a better way?
3949 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin(),
3950 CandEnd = CandidateSet.end();
3951 Cand != CandEnd; ++Cand)
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00003952 if (Cand->Function) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003953 Functions.erase(Cand->Function);
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00003954 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = Cand->Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
3955 Functions.erase(FunTmpl);
3956 }
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003957
3958 // For each of the ADL candidates we found, add it to the overload
3959 // set.
3960 for (FunctionSet::iterator Func = Functions.begin(),
3961 FuncEnd = Functions.end();
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00003962 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003963 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func)) {
3964 if (HasExplicitTemplateArgs)
3965 continue;
3966
3967 AddOverloadCandidate(FD, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
3968 false, false, PartialOverloading);
3969 } else
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003970 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Func),
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003971 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
3972 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
3973 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00003974 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00003975 }
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003976}
3977
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003978/// isBetterOverloadCandidate - Determines whether the first overload
3979/// candidate is a better candidate than the second (C++ 13.3.3p1).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003980bool
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003981Sema::isBetterOverloadCandidate(const OverloadCandidate& Cand1,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003982 const OverloadCandidate& Cand2) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003983 // Define viable functions to be better candidates than non-viable
3984 // functions.
3985 if (!Cand2.Viable)
3986 return Cand1.Viable;
3987 else if (!Cand1.Viable)
3988 return false;
3989
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003990 // C++ [over.match.best]p1:
3991 //
3992 // -- if F is a static member function, ICS1(F) is defined such
3993 // that ICS1(F) is neither better nor worse than ICS1(G) for
3994 // any function G, and, symmetrically, ICS1(G) is neither
3995 // better nor worse than ICS1(F).
3996 unsigned StartArg = 0;
3997 if (Cand1.IgnoreObjectArgument || Cand2.IgnoreObjectArgument)
3998 StartArg = 1;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003999
Douglas Gregord3cb3562009-07-07 23:38:56 +00004000 // C++ [over.match.best]p1:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004001 // A viable function F1 is defined to be a better function than another
4002 // viable function F2 if for all arguments i, ICSi(F1) is not a worse
Douglas Gregord3cb3562009-07-07 23:38:56 +00004003 // conversion sequence than ICSi(F2), and then...
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004004 unsigned NumArgs = Cand1.Conversions.size();
4005 assert(Cand2.Conversions.size() == NumArgs && "Overload candidate mismatch");
4006 bool HasBetterConversion = false;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00004007 for (unsigned ArgIdx = StartArg; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004008 switch (CompareImplicitConversionSequences(Cand1.Conversions[ArgIdx],
4009 Cand2.Conversions[ArgIdx])) {
4010 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better:
4011 // Cand1 has a better conversion sequence.
4012 HasBetterConversion = true;
4013 break;
4014
4015 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse:
4016 // Cand1 can't be better than Cand2.
4017 return false;
4018
4019 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable:
4020 // Do nothing.
4021 break;
4022 }
4023 }
4024
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004025 // -- for some argument j, ICSj(F1) is a better conversion sequence than
Douglas Gregord3cb3562009-07-07 23:38:56 +00004026 // ICSj(F2), or, if not that,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004027 if (HasBetterConversion)
4028 return true;
4029
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004030 // - F1 is a non-template function and F2 is a function template
Douglas Gregord3cb3562009-07-07 23:38:56 +00004031 // specialization, or, if not that,
4032 if (Cand1.Function && !Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate() &&
4033 Cand2.Function && Cand2.Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
4034 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004035
4036 // -- F1 and F2 are function template specializations, and the function
4037 // template for F1 is more specialized than the template for F2
4038 // according to the partial ordering rules described in 14.5.5.2, or,
Douglas Gregord3cb3562009-07-07 23:38:56 +00004039 // if not that,
Douglas Gregor55137cb2009-08-02 23:46:29 +00004040 if (Cand1.Function && Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate() &&
4041 Cand2.Function && Cand2.Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00004042 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *BetterTemplate
4043 = getMoreSpecializedTemplate(Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(),
4044 Cand2.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(),
Douglas Gregor6010da02009-09-14 23:02:14 +00004045 isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand1.Function)? TPOC_Conversion
4046 : TPOC_Call))
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00004047 return BetterTemplate == Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate();
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004048
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00004049 // -- the context is an initialization by user-defined conversion
4050 // (see 8.5, 13.3.1.5) and the standard conversion sequence
4051 // from the return type of F1 to the destination type (i.e.,
4052 // the type of the entity being initialized) is a better
4053 // conversion sequence than the standard conversion sequence
4054 // from the return type of F2 to the destination type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004055 if (Cand1.Function && Cand2.Function &&
4056 isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand1.Function) &&
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00004057 isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand2.Function)) {
4058 switch (CompareStandardConversionSequences(Cand1.FinalConversion,
4059 Cand2.FinalConversion)) {
4060 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better:
4061 // Cand1 has a better conversion sequence.
4062 return true;
4063
4064 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse:
4065 // Cand1 can't be better than Cand2.
4066 return false;
4067
4068 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable:
4069 // Do nothing
4070 break;
4071 }
4072 }
4073
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004074 return false;
4075}
4076
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004077/// \brief Computes the best viable function (C++ 13.3.3)
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004078/// within an overload candidate set.
4079///
4080/// \param CandidateSet the set of candidate functions.
4081///
4082/// \param Loc the location of the function name (or operator symbol) for
4083/// which overload resolution occurs.
4084///
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004085/// \param Best f overload resolution was successful or found a deleted
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004086/// function, Best points to the candidate function found.
4087///
4088/// \returns The result of overload resolution.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004089Sema::OverloadingResult
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004090Sema::BestViableFunction(OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004091 SourceLocation Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004092 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator& Best) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004093 // Find the best viable function.
4094 Best = CandidateSet.end();
4095 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin();
4096 Cand != CandidateSet.end(); ++Cand) {
4097 if (Cand->Viable) {
4098 if (Best == CandidateSet.end() || isBetterOverloadCandidate(*Cand, *Best))
4099 Best = Cand;
4100 }
4101 }
4102
4103 // If we didn't find any viable functions, abort.
4104 if (Best == CandidateSet.end())
4105 return OR_No_Viable_Function;
4106
4107 // Make sure that this function is better than every other viable
4108 // function. If not, we have an ambiguity.
4109 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin();
4110 Cand != CandidateSet.end(); ++Cand) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004111 if (Cand->Viable &&
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004112 Cand != Best &&
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00004113 !isBetterOverloadCandidate(*Best, *Cand)) {
4114 Best = CandidateSet.end();
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004115 return OR_Ambiguous;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00004116 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004117 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004118
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004119 // Best is the best viable function.
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004120 if (Best->Function &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004121 (Best->Function->isDeleted() ||
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004122 Best->Function->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()))
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004123 return OR_Deleted;
4124
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004125 // C++ [basic.def.odr]p2:
4126 // An overloaded function is used if it is selected by overload resolution
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004127 // when referred to from a potentially-evaluated expression. [Note: this
4128 // covers calls to named functions (5.2.2), operator overloading
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004129 // (clause 13), user-defined conversions (12.3.2), allocation function for
4130 // placement new (5.3.4), as well as non-default initialization (8.5).
4131 if (Best->Function)
4132 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, Best->Function);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004133 return OR_Success;
4134}
4135
4136/// PrintOverloadCandidates - When overload resolution fails, prints
4137/// diagnostic messages containing the candidates in the candidate
4138/// set. If OnlyViable is true, only viable candidates will be printed.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004139void
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004140Sema::PrintOverloadCandidates(OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Fariborz Jahanian29f9d392009-10-09 00:13:15 +00004141 bool OnlyViable,
Fariborz Jahaniane7196432009-10-12 20:11:40 +00004142 const char *Opc,
Fariborz Jahanian29f9d392009-10-09 00:13:15 +00004143 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004144 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin(),
4145 LastCand = CandidateSet.end();
Fariborz Jahanian574de2c2009-10-12 17:51:19 +00004146 bool Reported = false;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004147 for (; Cand != LastCand; ++Cand) {
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004148 if (Cand->Viable || !OnlyViable) {
4149 if (Cand->Function) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004150 if (Cand->Function->isDeleted() ||
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004151 Cand->Function->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004152 // Deleted or "unavailable" function.
4153 Diag(Cand->Function->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_candidate_deleted)
4154 << Cand->Function->isDeleted();
Douglas Gregor4fb9cde8e2009-09-15 20:11:42 +00004155 } else if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl
4156 = Cand->Function->getPrimaryTemplate()) {
4157 // Function template specialization
4158 // FIXME: Give a better reason!
4159 Diag(Cand->Function->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_template_candidate)
4160 << getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(FunTmpl->getTemplateParameters(),
4161 *Cand->Function->getTemplateSpecializationArgs());
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004162 } else {
4163 // Normal function
Fariborz Jahanian21ccf062009-09-23 00:58:07 +00004164 bool errReported = false;
4165 if (!Cand->Viable && Cand->Conversions.size() > 0) {
4166 for (int i = Cand->Conversions.size()-1; i >= 0; i--) {
4167 const ImplicitConversionSequence &Conversion =
4168 Cand->Conversions[i];
4169 if ((Conversion.ConversionKind !=
4170 ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) ||
4171 Conversion.ConversionFunctionSet.size() == 0)
4172 continue;
4173 Diag(Cand->Function->getLocation(),
4174 diag::err_ovl_candidate_not_viable) << (i+1);
4175 errReported = true;
4176 for (int j = Conversion.ConversionFunctionSet.size()-1;
4177 j >= 0; j--) {
4178 FunctionDecl *Func = Conversion.ConversionFunctionSet[j];
4179 Diag(Func->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_candidate);
4180 }
4181 }
4182 }
4183 if (!errReported)
4184 Diag(Cand->Function->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_candidate);
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004185 }
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00004186 } else if (Cand->IsSurrogate) {
Douglas Gregor4fc308b2008-11-21 02:54:28 +00004187 // Desugar the type of the surrogate down to a function type,
4188 // retaining as many typedefs as possible while still showing
4189 // the function type (and, therefore, its parameter types).
4190 QualType FnType = Cand->Surrogate->getConversionType();
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004191 bool isLValueReference = false;
4192 bool isRValueReference = false;
Douglas Gregor4fc308b2008-11-21 02:54:28 +00004193 bool isPointer = false;
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004194 if (const LValueReferenceType *FnTypeRef =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004195 FnType->getAs<LValueReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor4fc308b2008-11-21 02:54:28 +00004196 FnType = FnTypeRef->getPointeeType();
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004197 isLValueReference = true;
4198 } else if (const RValueReferenceType *FnTypeRef =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004199 FnType->getAs<RValueReferenceType>()) {
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004200 FnType = FnTypeRef->getPointeeType();
4201 isRValueReference = true;
Douglas Gregor4fc308b2008-11-21 02:54:28 +00004202 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004203 if (const PointerType *FnTypePtr = FnType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregor4fc308b2008-11-21 02:54:28 +00004204 FnType = FnTypePtr->getPointeeType();
4205 isPointer = true;
4206 }
4207 // Desugar down to a function type.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004208 FnType = QualType(FnType->getAs<FunctionType>(), 0);
Douglas Gregor4fc308b2008-11-21 02:54:28 +00004209 // Reconstruct the pointer/reference as appropriate.
4210 if (isPointer) FnType = Context.getPointerType(FnType);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004211 if (isRValueReference) FnType = Context.getRValueReferenceType(FnType);
4212 if (isLValueReference) FnType = Context.getLValueReferenceType(FnType);
Douglas Gregor4fc308b2008-11-21 02:54:28 +00004213
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00004214 Diag(Cand->Surrogate->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_surrogate_cand)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004215 << FnType;
Douglas Gregor66950a32009-09-30 21:46:01 +00004216 } else if (OnlyViable) {
Fariborz Jahaniane7196432009-10-12 20:11:40 +00004217 assert(Cand->Conversions.size() <= 2 &&
Fariborz Jahanian0fe5e032009-10-09 17:09:58 +00004218 "builtin-binary-operator-not-binary");
Fariborz Jahanian956127d2009-10-16 23:25:02 +00004219 std::string TypeStr("operator");
4220 TypeStr += Opc;
4221 TypeStr += "(";
4222 TypeStr += Cand->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0].getAsString();
4223 if (Cand->Conversions.size() == 1) {
4224 TypeStr += ")";
4225 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_builtin_unary_candidate) << TypeStr;
4226 }
4227 else {
4228 TypeStr += ", ";
4229 TypeStr += Cand->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1].getAsString();
4230 TypeStr += ")";
4231 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_builtin_binary_candidate) << TypeStr;
4232 }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004233 }
Fariborz Jahanian574de2c2009-10-12 17:51:19 +00004234 else if (!Cand->Viable && !Reported) {
4235 // Non-viability might be due to ambiguous user-defined conversions,
4236 // needed for built-in operators. Report them as well, but only once
4237 // as we have typically many built-in candidates.
Fariborz Jahaniane7196432009-10-12 20:11:40 +00004238 unsigned NoOperands = Cand->Conversions.size();
4239 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NoOperands; ++ArgIdx) {
Fariborz Jahanian574de2c2009-10-12 17:51:19 +00004240 const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS = Cand->Conversions[ArgIdx];
4241 if (ICS.ConversionKind != ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion ||
4242 ICS.ConversionFunctionSet.empty())
4243 continue;
4244 if (CXXConversionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(
4245 Cand->Conversions[ArgIdx].ConversionFunctionSet[0])) {
4246 QualType FromTy =
4247 QualType(
4248 static_cast<Type*>(ICS.UserDefined.Before.FromTypePtr),0);
4249 Diag(OpLoc,diag::note_ambiguous_type_conversion)
4250 << FromTy << Func->getConversionType();
4251 }
4252 for (unsigned j = 0; j < ICS.ConversionFunctionSet.size(); j++) {
4253 FunctionDecl *Func =
4254 Cand->Conversions[ArgIdx].ConversionFunctionSet[j];
4255 Diag(Func->getLocation(),diag::err_ovl_candidate);
4256 }
4257 }
4258 Reported = true;
4259 }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004260 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004261 }
4262}
4263
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004264/// ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction - Try to resolve the address of
4265/// an overloaded function (C++ [over.over]), where @p From is an
4266/// expression with overloaded function type and @p ToType is the type
4267/// we're trying to resolve to. For example:
4268///
4269/// @code
4270/// int f(double);
4271/// int f(int);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004272///
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004273/// int (*pfd)(double) = f; // selects f(double)
4274/// @endcode
4275///
4276/// This routine returns the resulting FunctionDecl if it could be
4277/// resolved, and NULL otherwise. When @p Complain is true, this
4278/// routine will emit diagnostics if there is an error.
4279FunctionDecl *
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004280Sema::ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004281 bool Complain) {
4282 QualType FunctionType = ToType;
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004283 bool IsMember = false;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004284 if (const PointerType *ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004285 FunctionType = ToTypePtr->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004286 else if (const ReferenceType *ToTypeRef = ToType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Daniel Dunbarb566c6c2009-02-26 19:13:44 +00004287 FunctionType = ToTypeRef->getPointeeType();
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004288 else if (const MemberPointerType *MemTypePtr =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004289 ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) {
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004290 FunctionType = MemTypePtr->getPointeeType();
4291 IsMember = true;
4292 }
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004293
4294 // We only look at pointers or references to functions.
Douglas Gregor6b6ba8b2009-07-09 17:16:51 +00004295 FunctionType = Context.getCanonicalType(FunctionType).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004296 if (!FunctionType->isFunctionType())
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004297 return 0;
4298
4299 // Find the actual overloaded function declaration.
4300 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004301
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004302 // C++ [over.over]p1:
4303 // [...] [Note: any redundant set of parentheses surrounding the
4304 // overloaded function name is ignored (5.1). ]
4305 Expr *OvlExpr = From->IgnoreParens();
4306
4307 // C++ [over.over]p1:
4308 // [...] The overloaded function name can be preceded by the &
4309 // operator.
4310 if (UnaryOperator *UnOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(OvlExpr)) {
4311 if (UnOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::AddrOf)
4312 OvlExpr = UnOp->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens();
4313 }
4314
Anders Carlssonb68b0282009-10-20 22:53:47 +00004315 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00004316 const TemplateArgumentLoc *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
Anders Carlssonb68b0282009-10-20 22:53:47 +00004317 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
4318
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004319 // Try to dig out the overloaded function.
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004320 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
4321 if (DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(OvlExpr)) {
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004322 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(DR->getDecl());
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004323 FunctionTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(DR->getDecl());
Douglas Gregord3319842009-10-24 04:59:53 +00004324 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = DR->hasExplicitTemplateArgumentList();
4325 ExplicitTemplateArgs = DR->getTemplateArgs();
4326 NumExplicitTemplateArgs = DR->getNumTemplateArgs();
Anders Carlsson6c966c42009-10-07 22:26:29 +00004327 } else if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(OvlExpr)) {
4328 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
4329 FunctionTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
Douglas Gregord3319842009-10-24 04:59:53 +00004330 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = ME->hasExplicitTemplateArgumentList();
4331 ExplicitTemplateArgs = ME->getTemplateArgs();
4332 NumExplicitTemplateArgs = ME->getNumTemplateArgs();
Anders Carlssonb68b0282009-10-20 22:53:47 +00004333 } else if (TemplateIdRefExpr *TIRE = dyn_cast<TemplateIdRefExpr>(OvlExpr)) {
4334 TemplateName Name = TIRE->getTemplateName();
4335 Ovl = Name.getAsOverloadedFunctionDecl();
4336 FunctionTemplate =
4337 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Name.getAsTemplateDecl());
4338
4339 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
4340 ExplicitTemplateArgs = TIRE->getTemplateArgs();
4341 NumExplicitTemplateArgs = TIRE->getNumTemplateArgs();
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004342 }
Anders Carlssonb68b0282009-10-20 22:53:47 +00004343
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004344 // If there's no overloaded function declaration or function template,
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004345 // we're done.
4346 if (!Ovl && !FunctionTemplate)
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004347 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004348
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004349 OverloadIterator Fun;
4350 if (Ovl)
4351 Fun = Ovl;
4352 else
4353 Fun = FunctionTemplate;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004354
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004355 // Look through all of the overloaded functions, searching for one
4356 // whose type matches exactly.
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004357 llvm::SmallPtrSet<FunctionDecl *, 4> Matches;
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004358 bool FoundNonTemplateFunction = false;
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004359 for (OverloadIterator FunEnd; Fun != FunEnd; ++Fun) {
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004360 // C++ [over.over]p3:
4361 // Non-member functions and static member functions match
Sebastian Redl16d307d2009-02-05 12:33:33 +00004362 // targets of type "pointer-to-function" or "reference-to-function."
4363 // Nonstatic member functions match targets of
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004364 // type "pointer-to-member-function."
4365 // Note that according to DR 247, the containing class does not matter.
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004366
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004367 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004368 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Fun)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004369 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004370 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl())) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004371 // Skip non-static function templates when converting to pointer, and
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004372 // static when converting to member pointer.
4373 if (Method->isStatic() == IsMember)
4374 continue;
4375 } else if (IsMember)
4376 continue;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004377
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004378 // C++ [over.over]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004379 // If the name is a function template, template argument deduction is
4380 // done (14.8.2.2), and if the argument deduction succeeds, the
4381 // resulting template argument list is used to generate a single
4382 // function template specialization, which is added to the set of
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004383 // overloaded functions considered.
Douglas Gregor3a923c2d2009-09-24 23:14:47 +00004384 // FIXME: We don't really want to build the specialization here, do we?
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004385 FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
4386 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context);
4387 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
Anders Carlssonb68b0282009-10-20 22:53:47 +00004388 = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
4389 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
4390 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004391 FunctionType, Specialization, Info)) {
4392 // FIXME: make a note of the failed deduction for diagnostics.
4393 (void)Result;
4394 } else {
Douglas Gregor3a923c2d2009-09-24 23:14:47 +00004395 // FIXME: If the match isn't exact, shouldn't we just drop this as
4396 // a candidate? Find a testcase before changing the code.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004397 assert(FunctionType
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004398 == Context.getCanonicalType(Specialization->getType()));
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004399 Matches.insert(
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6b7e3762009-07-18 00:34:25 +00004400 cast<FunctionDecl>(Specialization->getCanonicalDecl()));
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004401 }
4402 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004403
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004404 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Fun)) {
4405 // Skip non-static functions when converting to pointer, and static
4406 // when converting to member pointer.
4407 if (Method->isStatic() == IsMember)
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004408 continue;
Douglas Gregord3319842009-10-24 04:59:53 +00004409
4410 // If we have explicit template arguments, skip non-templates.
4411 if (HasExplicitTemplateArgs)
4412 continue;
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004413 } else if (IsMember)
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004414 continue;
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004415
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00004416 if (FunctionDecl *FunDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Fun)) {
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004417 if (FunctionType == Context.getCanonicalType(FunDecl->getType())) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6b7e3762009-07-18 00:34:25 +00004418 Matches.insert(cast<FunctionDecl>(Fun->getCanonicalDecl()));
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004419 FoundNonTemplateFunction = true;
4420 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004421 }
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004422 }
4423
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004424 // If there were 0 or 1 matches, we're done.
4425 if (Matches.empty())
4426 return 0;
Sebastian Redldf4b80e2009-10-17 21:12:09 +00004427 else if (Matches.size() == 1) {
4428 FunctionDecl *Result = *Matches.begin();
4429 MarkDeclarationReferenced(From->getLocStart(), Result);
4430 return Result;
4431 }
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004432
4433 // C++ [over.over]p4:
4434 // If more than one function is selected, [...]
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00004435 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<FunctionDecl *, 4>::iterator MatchIter;
Douglas Gregorfae1d712009-09-26 03:56:17 +00004436 if (!FoundNonTemplateFunction) {
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00004437 // [...] and any given function template specialization F1 is
4438 // eliminated if the set contains a second function template
4439 // specialization whose function template is more specialized
4440 // than the function template of F1 according to the partial
4441 // ordering rules of 14.5.5.2.
4442
4443 // The algorithm specified above is quadratic. We instead use a
4444 // two-pass algorithm (similar to the one used to identify the
4445 // best viable function in an overload set) that identifies the
4446 // best function template (if it exists).
Sebastian Redldf4b80e2009-10-17 21:12:09 +00004447 llvm::SmallVector<FunctionDecl *, 8> TemplateMatches(Matches.begin(),
Douglas Gregorfae1d712009-09-26 03:56:17 +00004448 Matches.end());
Sebastian Redldf4b80e2009-10-17 21:12:09 +00004449 FunctionDecl *Result =
4450 getMostSpecialized(TemplateMatches.data(), TemplateMatches.size(),
4451 TPOC_Other, From->getLocStart(),
4452 PDiag(),
4453 PDiag(diag::err_addr_ovl_ambiguous)
4454 << TemplateMatches[0]->getDeclName(),
4455 PDiag(diag::err_ovl_template_candidate));
4456 MarkDeclarationReferenced(From->getLocStart(), Result);
4457 return Result;
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004458 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004459
Douglas Gregorfae1d712009-09-26 03:56:17 +00004460 // [...] any function template specializations in the set are
4461 // eliminated if the set also contains a non-template function, [...]
4462 llvm::SmallVector<FunctionDecl *, 4> RemainingMatches;
4463 for (MatchIter M = Matches.begin(), MEnd = Matches.end(); M != MEnd; ++M)
4464 if ((*M)->getPrimaryTemplate() == 0)
4465 RemainingMatches.push_back(*M);
4466
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004467 // [...] After such eliminations, if any, there shall remain exactly one
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004468 // selected function.
Sebastian Redldf4b80e2009-10-17 21:12:09 +00004469 if (RemainingMatches.size() == 1) {
4470 FunctionDecl *Result = RemainingMatches.front();
4471 MarkDeclarationReferenced(From->getLocStart(), Result);
4472 return Result;
4473 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004474
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004475 // FIXME: We should probably return the same thing that BestViableFunction
4476 // returns (even if we issue the diagnostics here).
4477 Diag(From->getLocStart(), diag::err_addr_ovl_ambiguous)
4478 << RemainingMatches[0]->getDeclName();
4479 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RemainingMatches.size(); I != N; ++I)
4480 Diag(RemainingMatches[I]->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_candidate);
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004481 return 0;
4482}
4483
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004484/// \brief Add a single candidate to the overload set.
4485static void AddOverloadedCallCandidate(Sema &S,
4486 AnyFunctionDecl Callee,
4487 bool &ArgumentDependentLookup,
4488 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00004489 const TemplateArgumentLoc *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004490 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
4491 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
4492 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
4493 bool PartialOverloading) {
4494 if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Callee)) {
4495 assert(!HasExplicitTemplateArgs && "Explicit template arguments?");
4496 S.AddOverloadCandidate(Func, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet, false, false,
4497 PartialOverloading);
4498
4499 if (Func->getDeclContext()->isRecord() ||
4500 Func->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
4501 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
4502 return;
4503 }
4504
4505 FunctionTemplateDecl *FuncTemplate = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Callee);
4506 S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FuncTemplate, HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
4507 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
4508 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
4509 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
4510
4511 if (FuncTemplate->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
4512 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
4513}
4514
4515/// \brief Add the overload candidates named by callee and/or found by argument
4516/// dependent lookup to the given overload set.
4517void Sema::AddOverloadedCallCandidates(NamedDecl *Callee,
4518 DeclarationName &UnqualifiedName,
4519 bool &ArgumentDependentLookup,
4520 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00004521 const TemplateArgumentLoc *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004522 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
4523 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
4524 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
4525 bool PartialOverloading) {
4526 // Add the functions denoted by Callee to the set of candidate
4527 // functions. While we're doing so, track whether argument-dependent
4528 // lookup still applies, per:
4529 //
4530 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
4531 // Let X be the lookup set produced by unqualified lookup (3.4.1)
4532 // and let Y be the lookup set produced by argument dependent
4533 // lookup (defined as follows). If X contains
4534 //
4535 // -- a declaration of a class member, or
4536 //
4537 // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a
4538 // using-declaration (FIXME: check for using declaration), or
4539 //
4540 // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function
4541 // template
4542 //
4543 // then Y is empty.
4544 if (!Callee) {
4545 // Nothing to do.
4546 } else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
4547 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(Callee)) {
4548 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
4549 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
4550 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func)
4551 AddOverloadedCallCandidate(*this, *Func, ArgumentDependentLookup,
4552 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
4553 ExplicitTemplateArgs, NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
4554 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
4555 PartialOverloading);
4556 } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Callee) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Callee))
4557 AddOverloadedCallCandidate(*this,
4558 AnyFunctionDecl::getFromNamedDecl(Callee),
4559 ArgumentDependentLookup,
4560 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
4561 ExplicitTemplateArgs, NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
4562 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
4563 PartialOverloading);
4564 // FIXME: assert isa<FunctionDecl> || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl> rather than
4565 // checking dynamically.
4566
4567 if (Callee)
4568 UnqualifiedName = Callee->getDeclName();
4569
4570 if (ArgumentDependentLookup)
4571 AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(UnqualifiedName, Args, NumArgs,
4572 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
4573 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
4574 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
4575 CandidateSet,
4576 PartialOverloading);
4577}
4578
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004579/// ResolveOverloadedCallFn - Given the call expression that calls Fn
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004580/// (which eventually refers to the declaration Func) and the call
4581/// arguments Args/NumArgs, attempt to resolve the function call down
4582/// to a specific function. If overload resolution succeeds, returns
4583/// the function declaration produced by overload
Douglas Gregora60a6912008-11-26 06:01:48 +00004584/// resolution. Otherwise, emits diagnostics, deletes all of the
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004585/// arguments and Fn, and returns NULL.
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004586FunctionDecl *Sema::ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *Callee,
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00004587 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName,
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00004588 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00004589 const TemplateArgumentLoc *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00004590 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregora60a6912008-11-26 06:01:48 +00004591 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4592 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004593 SourceLocation *CommaLocs,
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004594 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00004595 bool &ArgumentDependentLookup) {
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004596 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00004597
4598 // Add the functions denoted by Callee to the set of candidate
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004599 // functions.
4600 AddOverloadedCallCandidates(Callee, UnqualifiedName, ArgumentDependentLookup,
4601 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
4602 NumExplicitTemplateArgs, Args, NumArgs,
4603 CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004604 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004605 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Fn->getLocStart(), Best)) {
Douglas Gregora60a6912008-11-26 06:01:48 +00004606 case OR_Success:
4607 return Best->Function;
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004608
4609 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Chris Lattner45d9d602009-02-17 07:29:20 +00004610 Diag(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004611 diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
Chris Lattner45d9d602009-02-17 07:29:20 +00004612 << UnqualifiedName << Fn->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004613 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
4614 break;
4615
4616 case OR_Ambiguous:
4617 Diag(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call)
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00004618 << UnqualifiedName << Fn->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004619 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
4620 break;
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004621
4622 case OR_Deleted:
4623 Diag(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::err_ovl_deleted_call)
4624 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
4625 << UnqualifiedName
4626 << Fn->getSourceRange();
4627 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
4628 break;
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004629 }
4630
4631 // Overload resolution failed. Destroy all of the subexpressions and
4632 // return NULL.
4633 Fn->Destroy(Context);
4634 for (unsigned Arg = 0; Arg < NumArgs; ++Arg)
4635 Args[Arg]->Destroy(Context);
4636 return 0;
4637}
4638
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004639/// \brief Create a unary operation that may resolve to an overloaded
4640/// operator.
4641///
4642/// \param OpLoc The location of the operator itself (e.g., '*').
4643///
4644/// \param OpcIn The UnaryOperator::Opcode that describes this
4645/// operator.
4646///
4647/// \param Functions The set of non-member functions that will be
4648/// considered by overload resolution. The caller needs to build this
4649/// set based on the context using, e.g.,
4650/// LookupOverloadedOperatorName() and ArgumentDependentLookup(). This
4651/// set should not contain any member functions; those will be added
4652/// by CreateOverloadedUnaryOp().
4653///
4654/// \param input The input argument.
4655Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4656 unsigned OpcIn,
4657 FunctionSet &Functions,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004658 ExprArg input) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004659 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
4660 Expr *Input = (Expr *)input.get();
4661
4662 OverloadedOperatorKind Op = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4663 assert(Op != OO_None && "Invalid opcode for overloaded unary operator");
4664 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
4665
4666 Expr *Args[2] = { Input, 0 };
4667 unsigned NumArgs = 1;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004668
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004669 // For post-increment and post-decrement, add the implicit '0' as
4670 // the second argument, so that we know this is a post-increment or
4671 // post-decrement.
4672 if (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc || Opc == UnaryOperator::PostDec) {
4673 llvm::APSInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), false);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004674 Args[1] = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(Zero, Context.IntTy,
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004675 SourceLocation());
4676 NumArgs = 2;
4677 }
4678
4679 if (Input->isTypeDependent()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004680 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Overloads
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004681 = OverloadedFunctionDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, OpName);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004682 for (FunctionSet::iterator Func = Functions.begin(),
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004683 FuncEnd = Functions.end();
4684 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func)
4685 Overloads->addOverload(*Func);
4686
4687 DeclRefExpr *Fn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(Overloads, Context.OverloadTy,
4688 OpLoc, false, false);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004689
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004690 input.release();
4691 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, Fn,
4692 &Args[0], NumArgs,
4693 Context.DependentTy,
4694 OpLoc));
4695 }
4696
4697 // Build an empty overload set.
4698 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
4699
4700 // Add the candidates from the given function set.
4701 AddFunctionCandidates(Functions, &Args[0], NumArgs, CandidateSet, false);
4702
4703 // Add operator candidates that are member functions.
4704 AddMemberOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, &Args[0], NumArgs, CandidateSet);
4705
4706 // Add builtin operator candidates.
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00004707 AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, &Args[0], NumArgs, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004708
4709 // Perform overload resolution.
4710 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004711 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004712 case OR_Success: {
4713 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
4714 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004715
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004716 if (FnDecl) {
4717 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
4718 // operator.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004719
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004720 // Convert the arguments.
4721 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
4722 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Input, Method))
4723 return ExprError();
4724 } else {
4725 // Convert the arguments.
4726 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Input,
4727 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
4728 "passing"))
4729 return ExprError();
4730 }
4731
4732 // Determine the result type
Anders Carlssonf64a3da2009-10-13 21:19:37 +00004733 QualType ResultTy = FnDecl->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004734
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004735 // Build the actual expression node.
4736 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
4737 SourceLocation());
4738 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004739
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004740 input.release();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004741
Anders Carlssonf64a3da2009-10-13 21:19:37 +00004742 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this,
4743 new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, FnExpr,
4744 &Input, 1, ResultTy, OpLoc));
4745
4746 if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getResultType(), OpLoc, TheCall.get(),
4747 FnDecl))
4748 return ExprError();
4749
4750 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release());
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004751 } else {
4752 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
4753 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
4754 // operator node.
4755 if (PerformImplicitConversion(Input, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
4756 Best->Conversions[0], "passing"))
4757 return ExprError();
4758
4759 break;
4760 }
4761 }
4762
4763 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
4764 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
4765 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
4766 break;
4767
4768 case OR_Ambiguous:
4769 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
4770 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
4771 << Input->getSourceRange();
Fariborz Jahaniane7196432009-10-12 20:11:40 +00004772 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true,
4773 UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004774 return ExprError();
4775
4776 case OR_Deleted:
4777 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
4778 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
4779 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
4780 << Input->getSourceRange();
4781 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
4782 return ExprError();
4783 }
4784
4785 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
4786 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
4787 // build a built-in operation.
4788 input.release();
4789 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Owned(Input));
4790}
4791
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004792/// \brief Create a binary operation that may resolve to an overloaded
4793/// operator.
4794///
4795/// \param OpLoc The location of the operator itself (e.g., '+').
4796///
4797/// \param OpcIn The BinaryOperator::Opcode that describes this
4798/// operator.
4799///
4800/// \param Functions The set of non-member functions that will be
4801/// considered by overload resolution. The caller needs to build this
4802/// set based on the context using, e.g.,
4803/// LookupOverloadedOperatorName() and ArgumentDependentLookup(). This
4804/// set should not contain any member functions; those will be added
4805/// by CreateOverloadedBinOp().
4806///
4807/// \param LHS Left-hand argument.
4808/// \param RHS Right-hand argument.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004809Sema::OwningExprResult
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004810Sema::CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004811 unsigned OpcIn,
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004812 FunctionSet &Functions,
4813 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) {
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004814 Expr *Args[2] = { LHS, RHS };
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004815 LHS=RHS=0; //Please use only Args instead of LHS/RHS couple
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004816
4817 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<BinaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
4818 OverloadedOperatorKind Op = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4819 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
4820
4821 // If either side is type-dependent, create an appropriate dependent
4822 // expression.
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004823 if (Args[0]->isTypeDependent() || Args[1]->isTypeDependent()) {
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00004824 if (Functions.empty()) {
4825 // If there are no functions to store, just build a dependent
4826 // BinaryOperator or CompoundAssignment.
4827 if (Opc <= BinaryOperator::Assign || Opc > BinaryOperator::OrAssign)
4828 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(Args[0], Args[1], Opc,
4829 Context.DependentTy, OpLoc));
4830
4831 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(Args[0], Args[1], Opc,
4832 Context.DependentTy,
4833 Context.DependentTy,
4834 Context.DependentTy,
4835 OpLoc));
4836 }
4837
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004838 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Overloads
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004839 = OverloadedFunctionDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, OpName);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004840 for (FunctionSet::iterator Func = Functions.begin(),
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004841 FuncEnd = Functions.end();
4842 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func)
4843 Overloads->addOverload(*Func);
4844
4845 DeclRefExpr *Fn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(Overloads, Context.OverloadTy,
4846 OpLoc, false, false);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004847
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004848 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, Fn,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004849 Args, 2,
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004850 Context.DependentTy,
4851 OpLoc));
4852 }
4853
4854 // If this is the .* operator, which is not overloadable, just
4855 // create a built-in binary operator.
4856 if (Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD)
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004857 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004858
4859 // If this is one of the assignment operators, we only perform
4860 // overload resolution if the left-hand side is a class or
4861 // enumeration type (C++ [expr.ass]p3).
4862 if (Opc >= BinaryOperator::Assign && Opc <= BinaryOperator::OrAssign &&
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004863 !Args[0]->getType()->isOverloadableType())
4864 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004865
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004866 // Build an empty overload set.
4867 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004868
4869 // Add the candidates from the given function set.
4870 AddFunctionCandidates(Functions, Args, 2, CandidateSet, false);
4871
4872 // Add operator candidates that are member functions.
4873 AddMemberOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4874
4875 // Add builtin operator candidates.
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00004876 AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004877
4878 // Perform overload resolution.
4879 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004880 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004881 case OR_Success: {
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004882 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
4883 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
4884
4885 if (FnDecl) {
4886 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
4887 // operator.
4888
4889 // Convert the arguments.
4890 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004891 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Args[0], Method) ||
4892 PerformCopyInitialization(Args[1], FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004893 "passing"))
4894 return ExprError();
4895 } else {
4896 // Convert the arguments.
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004897 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Args[0], FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004898 "passing") ||
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004899 PerformCopyInitialization(Args[1], FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004900 "passing"))
4901 return ExprError();
4902 }
4903
4904 // Determine the result type
4905 QualType ResultTy
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004906 = FnDecl->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004907 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
4908
4909 // Build the actual expression node.
4910 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef1c1e52009-07-14 03:19:38 +00004911 OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004912 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
4913
Anders Carlssone4f4b5e2009-10-13 22:43:21 +00004914 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
4915 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, FnExpr,
4916 Args, 2, ResultTy,
4917 OpLoc));
4918
4919 if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getResultType(), OpLoc, TheCall.get(),
4920 FnDecl))
4921 return ExprError();
4922
4923 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release());
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004924 } else {
4925 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
4926 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
4927 // operator node.
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004928 if (PerformImplicitConversion(Args[0], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004929 Best->Conversions[0], "passing") ||
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004930 PerformImplicitConversion(Args[1], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004931 Best->Conversions[1], "passing"))
4932 return ExprError();
4933
4934 break;
4935 }
4936 }
4937
Douglas Gregor66950a32009-09-30 21:46:01 +00004938 case OR_No_Viable_Function: {
4939 // C++ [over.match.oper]p9:
4940 // If the operator is the operator , [...] and there are no
4941 // viable functions, then the operator is assumed to be the
4942 // built-in operator and interpreted according to clause 5.
4943 if (Opc == BinaryOperator::Comma)
4944 break;
4945
Sebastian Redl027de2a2009-05-21 11:50:50 +00004946 // For class as left operand for assignment or compound assigment operator
4947 // do not fall through to handling in built-in, but report that no overloaded
4948 // assignment operator found
Douglas Gregor66950a32009-09-30 21:46:01 +00004949 OwningExprResult Result = ExprError();
4950 if (Args[0]->getType()->isRecordType() &&
4951 Opc >= BinaryOperator::Assign && Opc <= BinaryOperator::OrAssign) {
Sebastian Redl027de2a2009-05-21 11:50:50 +00004952 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_oper)
4953 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004954 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor66950a32009-09-30 21:46:01 +00004955 } else {
4956 // No viable function; try to create a built-in operation, which will
4957 // produce an error. Then, show the non-viable candidates.
4958 Result = CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
Sebastian Redl027de2a2009-05-21 11:50:50 +00004959 }
Douglas Gregor66950a32009-09-30 21:46:01 +00004960 assert(Result.isInvalid() &&
4961 "C++ binary operator overloading is missing candidates!");
4962 if (Result.isInvalid())
Fariborz Jahaniane7196432009-10-12 20:11:40 +00004963 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false,
4964 BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor66950a32009-09-30 21:46:01 +00004965 return move(Result);
4966 }
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004967
4968 case OR_Ambiguous:
4969 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
4970 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004971 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
Fariborz Jahaniane7196432009-10-12 20:11:40 +00004972 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true,
4973 BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004974 return ExprError();
4975
4976 case OR_Deleted:
4977 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
4978 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
4979 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004980 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004981 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
4982 return ExprError();
4983 }
4984
Douglas Gregor66950a32009-09-30 21:46:01 +00004985 // We matched a built-in operator; build it.
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004986 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004987}
4988
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00004989Action::OwningExprResult
4990Sema::CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc,
4991 SourceLocation RLoc,
4992 ExprArg Base, ExprArg Idx) {
4993 Expr *Args[2] = { static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
4994 static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get()) };
4995 DeclarationName OpName =
4996 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Subscript);
4997
4998 // If either side is type-dependent, create an appropriate dependent
4999 // expression.
5000 if (Args[0]->isTypeDependent() || Args[1]->isTypeDependent()) {
5001
5002 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Overloads
5003 = OverloadedFunctionDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, OpName);
5004
5005 DeclRefExpr *Fn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(Overloads, Context.OverloadTy,
5006 LLoc, false, false);
5007
5008 Base.release();
5009 Idx.release();
5010 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript, Fn,
5011 Args, 2,
5012 Context.DependentTy,
5013 RLoc));
5014 }
5015
5016 // Build an empty overload set.
5017 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
5018
5019 // Subscript can only be overloaded as a member function.
5020
5021 // Add operator candidates that are member functions.
5022 AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
5023
5024 // Add builtin operator candidates.
5025 AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
5026
5027 // Perform overload resolution.
5028 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
5029 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, LLoc, Best)) {
5030 case OR_Success: {
5031 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
5032 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
5033
5034 if (FnDecl) {
5035 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
5036 // operator.
5037
5038 // Convert the arguments.
5039 CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl);
5040 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Args[0], Method) ||
5041 PerformCopyInitialization(Args[1],
5042 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
5043 "passing"))
5044 return ExprError();
5045
5046 // Determine the result type
5047 QualType ResultTy
5048 = FnDecl->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
5049 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
5050
5051 // Build the actual expression node.
5052 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
5053 LLoc);
5054 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
5055
5056 Base.release();
5057 Idx.release();
5058 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
5059 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
5060 FnExpr, Args, 2,
5061 ResultTy, RLoc));
5062
5063 if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getResultType(), LLoc, TheCall.get(),
5064 FnDecl))
5065 return ExprError();
5066
5067 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release());
5068 } else {
5069 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
5070 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
5071 // operator node.
5072 if (PerformImplicitConversion(Args[0], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
5073 Best->Conversions[0], "passing") ||
5074 PerformImplicitConversion(Args[1], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
5075 Best->Conversions[1], "passing"))
5076 return ExprError();
5077
5078 break;
5079 }
5080 }
5081
5082 case OR_No_Viable_Function: {
5083 // No viable function; try to create a built-in operation, which will
5084 // produce an error. Then, show the non-viable candidates.
5085 OwningExprResult Result =
5086 CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(move(Base), LLoc, move(Idx), RLoc);
5087 assert(Result.isInvalid() &&
5088 "C++ subscript operator overloading is missing candidates!");
5089 if (Result.isInvalid())
5090 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false,
5091 "[]", LLoc);
5092 return move(Result);
5093 }
5094
5095 case OR_Ambiguous:
5096 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
5097 << "[]" << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
5098 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true,
5099 "[]", LLoc);
5100 return ExprError();
5101
5102 case OR_Deleted:
5103 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
5104 << Best->Function->isDeleted() << "[]"
5105 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
5106 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
5107 return ExprError();
5108 }
5109
5110 // We matched a built-in operator; build it.
5111 Base.release();
5112 Idx.release();
5113 return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Owned(Args[0]), LLoc,
5114 Owned(Args[1]), RLoc);
5115}
5116
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005117/// BuildCallToMemberFunction - Build a call to a member
5118/// function. MemExpr is the expression that refers to the member
5119/// function (and includes the object parameter), Args/NumArgs are the
5120/// arguments to the function call (not including the object
5121/// parameter). The caller needs to validate that the member
5122/// expression refers to a member function or an overloaded member
5123/// function.
5124Sema::ExprResult
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005125Sema::BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExprE,
5126 SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr **Args,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005127 unsigned NumArgs, SourceLocation *CommaLocs,
5128 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
5129 // Dig out the member expression. This holds both the object
5130 // argument and the member function we're referring to.
5131 MemberExpr *MemExpr = 0;
5132 if (ParenExpr *ParenE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(MemExprE))
5133 MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(ParenE->getSubExpr());
5134 else
5135 MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(MemExprE);
5136 assert(MemExpr && "Building member call without member expression");
5137
5138 // Extract the object argument.
5139 Expr *ObjectArg = MemExpr->getBase();
Anders Carlssonbfdea0f2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00005140
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005141 CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00005142 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()) ||
5143 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl())) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005144 // Add overload candidates
5145 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00005146 DeclarationName DeclName = MemExpr->getMemberDecl()->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005147
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00005148 for (OverloadIterator Func(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()), FuncEnd;
5149 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
Douglas Gregord3319842009-10-24 04:59:53 +00005150 if ((Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func))) {
5151 // If explicit template arguments were provided, we can't call a
5152 // non-template member function.
5153 if (MemExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgumentList())
5154 continue;
5155
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005156 AddMethodCandidate(Method, ObjectArg, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00005157 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
Douglas Gregord3319842009-10-24 04:59:53 +00005158 } else
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00005159 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Func),
5160 MemExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgumentList(),
5161 MemExpr->getTemplateArgs(),
5162 MemExpr->getNumTemplateArgs(),
5163 ObjectArg, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00005164 CandidateSet,
5165 /*SuppressUsedConversions=*/false);
5166 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005167
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005168 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005169 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, MemExpr->getLocStart(), Best)) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005170 case OR_Success:
5171 Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function);
5172 break;
5173
5174 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005175 Diag(MemExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005176 diag::err_ovl_no_viable_member_function_in_call)
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00005177 << DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005178 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
5179 // FIXME: Leaking incoming expressions!
5180 return true;
5181
5182 case OR_Ambiguous:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005183 Diag(MemExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005184 diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_member_call)
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00005185 << DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005186 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
5187 // FIXME: Leaking incoming expressions!
5188 return true;
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005189
5190 case OR_Deleted:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005191 Diag(MemExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005192 diag::err_ovl_deleted_member_call)
5193 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00005194 << DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005195 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
5196 // FIXME: Leaking incoming expressions!
5197 return true;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005198 }
5199
5200 FixOverloadedFunctionReference(MemExpr, Method);
5201 } else {
5202 Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl());
5203 }
5204
5205 assert(Method && "Member call to something that isn't a method?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005206 ExprOwningPtr<CXXMemberCallExpr>
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00005207 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, MemExpr, Args,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005208 NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005209 Method->getResultType().getNonReferenceType(),
5210 RParenLoc));
5211
Anders Carlssonc4859ba2009-10-10 00:06:20 +00005212 // Check for a valid return type.
5213 if (CheckCallReturnType(Method->getResultType(), MemExpr->getMemberLoc(),
5214 TheCall.get(), Method))
5215 return true;
5216
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005217 // Convert the object argument (for a non-static member function call).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005218 if (!Method->isStatic() &&
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005219 PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(ObjectArg, Method))
5220 return true;
5221 MemExpr->setBase(ObjectArg);
5222
5223 // Convert the rest of the arguments
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005224 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = cast<FunctionProtoType>(Method->getType());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005225 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, MemExpr, Method, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005226 RParenLoc))
5227 return true;
5228
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00005229 if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, TheCall.get()))
5230 return true;
Anders Carlsson8c84c202009-08-16 03:42:12 +00005231
5232 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release();
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005233}
5234
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005235/// BuildCallToObjectOfClassType - Build a call to an object of class
5236/// type (C++ [over.call.object]), which can end up invoking an
5237/// overloaded function call operator (@c operator()) or performing a
5238/// user-defined conversion on the object argument.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005239Sema::ExprResult
5240Sema::BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object,
Douglas Gregorb0846b02008-12-06 00:22:45 +00005241 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005242 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005243 SourceLocation *CommaLocs,
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005244 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
5245 assert(Object->getType()->isRecordType() && "Requires object type argument");
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005246 const RecordType *Record = Object->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005247
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005248 // C++ [over.call.object]p1:
5249 // If the primary-expression E in the function call syntax
Eli Friedman44b83ee2009-08-05 19:21:58 +00005250 // evaluates to a class object of type "cv T", then the set of
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005251 // candidate functions includes at least the function call
5252 // operators of T. The function call operators of T are obtained by
5253 // ordinary lookup of the name operator() in the context of
5254 // (E).operator().
5255 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00005256 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Call);
Douglas Gregorc473cbb2009-11-15 07:48:03 +00005257
5258 if (RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, Object->getType(),
5259 PartialDiagnostic(diag::err_incomplete_object_call)
5260 << Object->getSourceRange()))
5261 return true;
5262
5263 LookupResult R;
5264 LookupQualifiedName(R, Record->getDecl(), OpName, LookupOrdinaryName, false);
5265 for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = R.begin(), OperEnd = R.end();
Douglas Gregor358e7742009-11-07 17:23:56 +00005266 Oper != OperEnd; ++Oper) {
5267 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Oper)) {
5268 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunTmpl, false, 0, 0, Object, Args, NumArgs,
5269 CandidateSet,
5270 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
5271 continue;
5272 }
5273
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005274 AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Oper), Object, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor55297ac2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00005275 CandidateSet, /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
Douglas Gregor358e7742009-11-07 17:23:56 +00005276 }
Douglas Gregor74ba25c2009-10-21 06:18:39 +00005277
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00005278 // C++ [over.call.object]p2:
5279 // In addition, for each conversion function declared in T of the
5280 // form
5281 //
5282 // operator conversion-type-id () cv-qualifier;
5283 //
5284 // where cv-qualifier is the same cv-qualification as, or a
5285 // greater cv-qualification than, cv, and where conversion-type-id
Douglas Gregorf49fdf82008-11-20 13:33:37 +00005286 // denotes the type "pointer to function of (P1,...,Pn) returning
5287 // R", or the type "reference to pointer to function of
5288 // (P1,...,Pn) returning R", or the type "reference to function
5289 // of (P1,...,Pn) returning R", a surrogate call function [...]
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00005290 // is also considered as a candidate function. Similarly,
5291 // surrogate call functions are added to the set of candidate
5292 // functions for each conversion function declared in an
5293 // accessible base class provided the function is not hidden
5294 // within T by another intervening declaration.
Douglas Gregor74ba25c2009-10-21 06:18:39 +00005295 // FIXME: Look in base classes for more conversion operators!
5296 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Conversions
5297 = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl())->getConversionFunctions();
5298 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator
5299 Func = Conversions->function_begin(),
5300 FuncEnd = Conversions->function_end();
5301 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
5302 CXXConversionDecl *Conv;
5303 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate;
5304 GetFunctionAndTemplate(*Func, Conv, ConvTemplate);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005305
Douglas Gregor74ba25c2009-10-21 06:18:39 +00005306 // Skip over templated conversion functions; they aren't
5307 // surrogates.
5308 if (ConvTemplate)
5309 continue;
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00005310
Douglas Gregor74ba25c2009-10-21 06:18:39 +00005311 // Strip the reference type (if any) and then the pointer type (if
5312 // any) to get down to what might be a function type.
5313 QualType ConvType = Conv->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType();
5314 if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>())
5315 ConvType = ConvPtrType->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00005316
Douglas Gregor74ba25c2009-10-21 06:18:39 +00005317 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = ConvType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
5318 AddSurrogateCandidate(Conv, Proto, Object, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00005319 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005320
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005321 // Perform overload resolution.
5322 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005323 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Object->getLocStart(), Best)) {
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005324 case OR_Success:
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00005325 // Overload resolution succeeded; we'll build the appropriate call
5326 // below.
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005327 break;
5328
5329 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005330 Diag(Object->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Sebastian Redl15b02d22008-11-22 13:44:36 +00005331 diag::err_ovl_no_viable_object_call)
Chris Lattner45d9d602009-02-17 07:29:20 +00005332 << Object->getType() << Object->getSourceRange();
Sebastian Redl15b02d22008-11-22 13:44:36 +00005333 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005334 break;
5335
5336 case OR_Ambiguous:
5337 Diag(Object->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5338 diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_object_call)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005339 << Object->getType() << Object->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005340 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
5341 break;
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005342
5343 case OR_Deleted:
5344 Diag(Object->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5345 diag::err_ovl_deleted_object_call)
5346 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
5347 << Object->getType() << Object->getSourceRange();
5348 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
5349 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005350 }
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005351
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00005352 if (Best == CandidateSet.end()) {
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005353 // We had an error; delete all of the subexpressions and return
5354 // the error.
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00005355 Object->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005356 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00005357 Args[ArgIdx]->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005358 return true;
5359 }
5360
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00005361 if (Best->Function == 0) {
5362 // Since there is no function declaration, this is one of the
5363 // surrogate candidates. Dig out the conversion function.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005364 CXXConversionDecl *Conv
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00005365 = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(
5366 Best->Conversions[0].UserDefined.ConversionFunction);
5367
5368 // We selected one of the surrogate functions that converts the
5369 // object parameter to a function pointer. Perform the conversion
5370 // on the object argument, then let ActOnCallExpr finish the job.
Fariborz Jahanian774cf792009-09-28 18:35:46 +00005371
5372 // Create an implicit member expr to refer to the conversion operator.
Fariborz Jahanian78cfcb52009-09-28 23:23:40 +00005373 // and then call it.
Fariborz Jahanian774cf792009-09-28 18:35:46 +00005374 CXXMemberCallExpr *CE =
Fariborz Jahanian78cfcb52009-09-28 23:23:40 +00005375 BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Object, Conv);
5376
Fariborz Jahanian774cf792009-09-28 18:35:46 +00005377 return ActOnCallExpr(S, ExprArg(*this, CE), LParenLoc,
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005378 MultiExprArg(*this, (ExprTy**)Args, NumArgs),
5379 CommaLocs, RParenLoc).release();
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00005380 }
5381
5382 // We found an overloaded operator(). Build a CXXOperatorCallExpr
5383 // that calls this method, using Object for the implicit object
5384 // parameter and passing along the remaining arguments.
5385 CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function);
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005386 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = Method->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005387
5388 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
5389 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
5390
5391 // Build the full argument list for the method call (the
5392 // implicit object parameter is placed at the beginning of the
5393 // list).
5394 Expr **MethodArgs;
5395 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
5396 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
5397 MethodArgs = new Expr*[NumArgsInProto + 1];
5398 } else {
5399 MethodArgs = new Expr*[NumArgs + 1];
5400 }
5401 MethodArgs[0] = Object;
5402 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
5403 MethodArgs[ArgIdx + 1] = Args[ArgIdx];
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005404
5405 Expr *NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(Method, Method->getType(),
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00005406 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005407 UsualUnaryConversions(NewFn);
5408
5409 // Once we've built TheCall, all of the expressions are properly
5410 // owned.
5411 QualType ResultTy = Method->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005412 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
5413 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Call, NewFn,
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005414 MethodArgs, NumArgs + 1,
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00005415 ResultTy, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005416 delete [] MethodArgs;
5417
Anders Carlsson3d5829c2009-10-13 21:49:31 +00005418 if (CheckCallReturnType(Method->getResultType(), LParenLoc, TheCall.get(),
5419 Method))
5420 return true;
5421
Douglas Gregor02a0acd2009-01-13 05:10:00 +00005422 // We may have default arguments. If so, we need to allocate more
5423 // slots in the call for them.
5424 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto)
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00005425 TheCall->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto + 1);
Douglas Gregor02a0acd2009-01-13 05:10:00 +00005426 else if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto)
5427 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
5428
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00005429 bool IsError = false;
5430
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005431 // Initialize the implicit object parameter.
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00005432 IsError |= PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Object, Method);
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005433 TheCall->setArg(0, Object);
5434
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00005435
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005436 // Check the argument types.
5437 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005438 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor02a0acd2009-01-13 05:10:00 +00005439 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005440 Arg = Args[i];
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005441
Douglas Gregor02a0acd2009-01-13 05:10:00 +00005442 // Pass the argument.
5443 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00005444 IsError |= PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing");
Douglas Gregor02a0acd2009-01-13 05:10:00 +00005445 } else {
Douglas Gregor1bc688d2009-11-09 19:27:57 +00005446 OwningExprResult DefArg
5447 = BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(LParenLoc, Method, Method->getParamDecl(i));
5448 if (DefArg.isInvalid()) {
5449 IsError = true;
5450 break;
5451 }
5452
5453 Arg = DefArg.takeAs<Expr>();
Douglas Gregor02a0acd2009-01-13 05:10:00 +00005454 }
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005455
5456 TheCall->setArg(i + 1, Arg);
5457 }
5458
5459 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
5460 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
5461 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
5462 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
5463 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00005464 IsError |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, VariadicMethod);
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005465 TheCall->setArg(i + 1, Arg);
5466 }
5467 }
5468
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00005469 if (IsError) return true;
5470
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00005471 if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, TheCall.get()))
5472 return true;
5473
Anders Carlsson1c83deb2009-08-16 03:53:54 +00005474 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release();
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005475}
5476
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005477/// BuildOverloadedArrowExpr - Build a call to an overloaded @c operator->
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005478/// (if one exists), where @c Base is an expression of class type and
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005479/// @c Member is the name of the member we're trying to find.
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005480Sema::OwningExprResult
5481Sema::BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg BaseIn, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
5482 Expr *Base = static_cast<Expr *>(BaseIn.get());
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005483 assert(Base->getType()->isRecordType() && "left-hand side must have class type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005484
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005485 // C++ [over.ref]p1:
5486 //
5487 // [...] An expression x->m is interpreted as (x.operator->())->m
5488 // for a class object x of type T if T::operator->() exists and if
5489 // the operator is selected as the best match function by the
5490 // overload resolution mechanism (13.3).
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005491 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Arrow);
5492 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005493 const RecordType *BaseRecord = Base->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005494
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00005495 LookupResult R;
5496 LookupQualifiedName(R, BaseRecord->getDecl(), OpName, LookupOrdinaryName);
Anders Carlsson78b54932009-09-10 23:18:36 +00005497
5498 for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = R.begin(), OperEnd = R.end();
5499 Oper != OperEnd; ++Oper)
Douglas Gregor55297ac2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00005500 AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Oper), Base, 0, 0, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005501 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005502
5503 // Perform overload resolution.
5504 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005505 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005506 case OR_Success:
5507 // Overload resolution succeeded; we'll build the call below.
5508 break;
5509
5510 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
5511 if (CandidateSet.empty())
5512 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005513 << Base->getType() << Base->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005514 else
5515 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_oper)
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005516 << "operator->" << Base->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005517 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005518 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005519
5520 case OR_Ambiguous:
5521 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
Anders Carlsson78b54932009-09-10 23:18:36 +00005522 << "->" << Base->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005523 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005524 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005525
5526 case OR_Deleted:
5527 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
5528 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
Anders Carlsson78b54932009-09-10 23:18:36 +00005529 << "->" << Base->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005530 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005531 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005532 }
5533
5534 // Convert the object parameter.
5535 CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function);
Douglas Gregor9ecea262008-11-21 03:04:22 +00005536 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Base, Method))
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005537 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor9ecea262008-11-21 03:04:22 +00005538
5539 // No concerns about early exits now.
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005540 BaseIn.release();
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005541
5542 // Build the operator call.
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00005543 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(Method, Method->getType(),
5544 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005545 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
Anders Carlssone4f4b5e2009-10-13 22:43:21 +00005546
5547 QualType ResultTy = Method->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
5548 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
5549 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Arrow, FnExpr,
5550 &Base, 1, ResultTy, OpLoc));
5551
5552 if (CheckCallReturnType(Method->getResultType(), OpLoc, TheCall.get(),
5553 Method))
5554 return ExprError();
5555 return move(TheCall);
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005556}
5557
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005558/// FixOverloadedFunctionReference - E is an expression that refers to
5559/// a C++ overloaded function (possibly with some parentheses and
5560/// perhaps a '&' around it). We have resolved the overloaded function
5561/// to the function declaration Fn, so patch up the expression E to
Anders Carlssonfcb4ab42009-10-21 17:16:23 +00005562/// refer (possibly indirectly) to Fn. Returns the new expr.
5563Expr *Sema::FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, FunctionDecl *Fn) {
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005564 if (ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E)) {
Anders Carlssonfcb4ab42009-10-21 17:16:23 +00005565 Expr *NewExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(PE->getSubExpr(), Fn);
Douglas Gregor091f0422009-10-23 22:18:25 +00005566 PE->setSubExpr(NewExpr);
5567 PE->setType(NewExpr->getType());
5568 } else if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
5569 Expr *NewExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ICE->getSubExpr(), Fn);
5570 assert(Context.hasSameType(ICE->getSubExpr()->getType(),
5571 NewExpr->getType()) &&
5572 "Implicit cast type cannot be determined from overload");
5573 ICE->setSubExpr(NewExpr);
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005574 } else if (UnaryOperator *UnOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005575 assert(UnOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::AddrOf &&
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005576 "Can only take the address of an overloaded function");
Douglas Gregor6f233ef2009-02-11 01:18:59 +00005577 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) {
5578 if (Method->isStatic()) {
5579 // Do nothing: static member functions aren't any different
5580 // from non-member functions.
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00005581 } else if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(UnOp->getSubExpr())) {
5582 if (DRE->getQualifier()) {
5583 // We have taken the address of a pointer to member
5584 // function. Perform the computation here so that we get the
5585 // appropriate pointer to member type.
5586 DRE->setDecl(Fn);
5587 DRE->setType(Fn->getType());
5588 QualType ClassType
5589 = Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Method->getDeclContext()));
5590 E->setType(Context.getMemberPointerType(Fn->getType(),
5591 ClassType.getTypePtr()));
5592 return E;
5593 }
Douglas Gregor6f233ef2009-02-11 01:18:59 +00005594 }
Douglas Gregor6a573fe2009-10-22 18:02:20 +00005595 // FIXME: TemplateIdRefExpr referring to a member function template
5596 // specialization!
Douglas Gregor6f233ef2009-02-11 01:18:59 +00005597 }
Anders Carlssonfcb4ab42009-10-21 17:16:23 +00005598 Expr *NewExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(UnOp->getSubExpr(), Fn);
5599 UnOp->setSubExpr(NewExpr);
5600 UnOp->setType(Context.getPointerType(NewExpr->getType()));
5601
5602 return UnOp;
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005603 } else if (DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00005604 assert((isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(DR->getDecl()) ||
Douglas Gregor091f0422009-10-23 22:18:25 +00005605 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(DR->getDecl()) ||
5606 isa<FunctionDecl>(DR->getDecl())) &&
5607 "Expected function or function template");
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005608 DR->setDecl(Fn);
5609 E->setType(Fn->getType());
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005610 } else if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
5611 MemExpr->setMemberDecl(Fn);
5612 E->setType(Fn->getType());
Anders Carlssonfcb4ab42009-10-21 17:16:23 +00005613 } else if (TemplateIdRefExpr *TID = dyn_cast<TemplateIdRefExpr>(E)) {
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00005614 E = DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
5615 TID->getQualifier(), TID->getQualifierRange(),
5616 Fn, TID->getTemplateNameLoc(),
5617 true,
5618 TID->getLAngleLoc(),
5619 TID->getTemplateArgs(),
5620 TID->getNumTemplateArgs(),
5621 TID->getRAngleLoc(),
5622 Fn->getType(),
5623 /*FIXME?*/false, /*FIXME?*/false);
Douglas Gregor6a573fe2009-10-22 18:02:20 +00005624
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00005625 // FIXME: Don't destroy TID here, since we need its template arguments
5626 // to survive.
5627 // TID->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregor091f0422009-10-23 22:18:25 +00005628 } else if (isa<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(E)) {
5629 return DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
5630 /*Qualifier=*/0,
5631 /*QualifierRange=*/SourceRange(),
5632 Fn, E->getLocStart(),
5633 Fn->getType(), false, false);
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005634 } else {
5635 assert(false && "Invalid reference to overloaded function");
5636 }
Anders Carlssonfcb4ab42009-10-21 17:16:23 +00005637
5638 return E;
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005639}
5640
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005641} // end namespace clang